Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Combinatorics

627 missions · 347 completed

The mathematics of finite and discrete structures — counting the arrangements of a set, deciding when a configuration meeting prescribed constraints can exist, and characterizing the patterns such structures are forced to contain. It encompasses enumerative and extremal combinatorics, graph theory, design theory, and additive combinatorics, with deep ties to algebra, probability, and computer science.

Missions

Open280Completed347All627
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Improved Guarantees for Offline Stochastic Matching via New Ordered Contention Resolution Schemes II: With Infinite Patience, Attenuated Random-Order Probing Probes Each Edge w.p. ≥ (1 − e^(−2))y_e/2Research Paper

Motivation

In stochastic matching a platform knows, for every potential pair, the probability that the pair would succeed, but learns whether it does only by trying it, and a successful trial is binding. Kidney exchange, online dating and labour markets are the standard examples: a crossmatch test, a date or an interview is a probe whose outcome is random, and a positive outcome commits both sides. Each participant also tolerates only a limited number of attempts, its patience. The algorithmic question, studied since Chen, Immorlica, Karlin, Mahdian and Rudra (ICALP 2009), is how much of the optimal adaptive strategy's expected weight a simple, non-adaptive rule can secure.

The modern approach solves a linear programming relaxation and rounds its fractional solution online, through a contention resolution scheme: edges are examined one at a time, and an edge is used only when it does not conflict with earlier decisions. Bansal, Gupta, Li, Mestre, Nagarajan and Rudra (Algorithmica 2012) introduced the relaxation (LP (3) below) and showed that it bounds every adaptive probing algorithm. Baveja, Chavan, Nikiforov, Srinivasan and Xu (Algorithmica 2018) analysed processing edges in a uniformly random order. Brubach, Grammel, Ma, MacRury and Srinivasan (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.06892) add attenuation: an independent coin that sometimes skips an edge on purpose, so that edges likely to block others are probed less often. This mission formalizes their guarantee when patience is unlimited.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite graph. Each edge eee is active independently with known probability pe∈[0,1]p_e\in[0,1]pe​∈[0,1], and each vertex vvv has a patience tv∈N∪{∞}t_v\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}tv​∈N∪{∞}, the maximal number of edges at vvv that may be probed. Write δ(v)\delta(v)δ(v) for the edges incident to vvv. A vector (ye)e∈E(y_e)_{e\in E}(ye​)e∈E​ is feasible for LP (3) when

0≤ye≤1,∑e∈δ(v)yepe≤1,∑e∈δ(v)ye≤tv(e∈E, v∈V);0\le y_e\le 1,\qquad \sum_{e\in\delta(v)}y_ep_e\le 1,\qquad \sum_{e\in\delta(v)}y_e\le t_v\qquad(e\in E,\ v\in V);0≤ye​≤1,e∈δ(v)∑​ye​pe​≤1,e∈δ(v)∑​ye​≤tv​(e∈E, v∈V);

yey_eye​ is read as the probability of probing eee, and ze=yepez_e=y_ep_eze​=ye​pe​ as the probability that eee is matched.

An attenuation function is a map a~:[0,1]→[0,1]\tilde a:[0,1]\to[0,1]a~:[0,1]→[0,1], and the attenuation of an edge is a(e)=a~(peye)a(e)=\tilde a(p_ey_e)a(e)=a~(pe​ye​). The paper's examples (Definition 4) are a~exp⁡(z)=e−αz\tilde a_{\exp}(z)=e^{-\alpha z}a~exp​(z)=e−αz, a~lin(z)=1−αz\tilde a_{\rm lin}(z)=1-\alpha za~lin​(z)=1−αz, and a~(z)=1−z1−e−(1−z)(1−1/e)\tilde a(z)=\frac{1-z}{1-e^{-(1-z)}}(1-1/e)a~(z)=1−e−(1−z)1−z​(1−1/e). A function is effective (Definition 3) when a~(0)=1\tilde a(0)=1a~(0)=1 and z↦ln⁡(1−xza~(z))z\mapsto\ln(1-xz\tilde a(z))z↦ln(1−xza~(z)) is convex on [0,1][0,1][0,1] for every x∈(0,1)x\in(0,1)x∈(0,1).

Algorithm 1 draws independent coins Ye∼Bernoulli(ye)Y_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(y_e)Ye​∼Bernoulli(ye​) and Ae∼Bernoulli(a(e))A_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(a(e))Ae​∼Bernoulli(a(e)) and processes the edges in a uniformly random order. When it reaches eee, it probes eee if eee is free (both endpoints unmatched and with remaining patience), Ye=1Y_e=1Ye​=1 and Ae=1A_e=1Ae​=1. A probe uses one unit of patience at both endpoints and reveals the activeness Pe∼Bernoulli(pe)P_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(p_e)Pe​∼Bernoulli(pe​); if Pe=1P_e=1Pe​=1, both endpoints are matched. The edge e={u,v}e=\{u,v\}e={u,v} is safe when, before eee is processed, each endpoint rrr has received at most tr−1t_r-1tr​−1 probes and no earlier edge f≠ef\neq ef=e at uuu or vvv has AfPfYf=1A_fP_fY_f=1Af​Pf​Yf​=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5 (p. 16)

If every patience is ∞\infty∞, (ye)(y_e)(ye​) is feasible for LP (3), and a~\tilde aa~ is a~exp⁡\tilde a_{\exp}a~exp​ or a~lin\tilde a_{\rm lin}a~lin​ with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, then for every edge eee

Pr⁡[Algorithm 1 probes e] ≥ (∫01e−2x dx)ye=12(1−e−2)ye≈0.432 ye.\Pr[\text{Algorithm 1 probes }e]\ \ge\ \Bigl(\int_0^1e^{-2x}\,dx\Bigr)y_e=\tfrac12\bigl(1-e^{-2}\bigr)y_e\approx0.432\,y_e .Pr[Algorithm 1 probes e] ≥ (∫01​e−2xdx)ye​=21​(1−e−2)ye​≈0.432ye​.

Milestones

  1. The exponential and linear functions with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2 are effective (p. 9).
  2. Equation (4) (p. 9): the expected matched weight is ∑ewepePr⁡[e free]Pr⁡[Ye=1∩Ae=1]=∑ewepeyea(e)Pr⁡[e free]\sum_ew_ep_e\Pr[e\text{ free}]\Pr[Y_e=1\cap A_e=1]=\sum_ew_ep_ey_ea(e)\Pr[e\text{ free}]∑e​we​pe​Pr[e free]Pr[Ye​=1∩Ae​=1]=∑e​we​pe​ye​a(e)Pr[e free].
  3. Equation (7) (p. 10): a(e)Pr⁡[e is free]≥a~(peye)Pr⁡[e is safe]a(e)\Pr[e\text{ is free}]\ge\tilde a(p_ey_e)\Pr[e\text{ is safe}]a(e)Pr[e is free]≥a~(pe​ye​)Pr[e is safe].
  4. Lemma 3 (p. 11): ∏f∈E1(r)(1−xa(f)yf)≥e−x∑f∈E1(r)yf\prod_{f\in E_1(r)}(1-xa(f)y_f)\ge e^{-x\sum_{f\in E_1(r)}y_f}∏f∈E1​(r)​(1−xa(f)yf​)≥e−x∑f∈E1​(r)​yf​ for effective a~\tilde aa~, where E1(r)E_1(r)E1​(r) is the set of edges f≠ef\neq ef=e at rrr with pf=1p_f=1pf​=1.
  5. §3.3 (p. 16): z↦a~(z)∫01e−2x(1−z)dxz\mapsto\tilde a(z)\int_0^1e^{-2x(1-z)}dxz↦a~(z)∫01​e−2x(1−z)dx is minimized on [0,1][0,1][0,1] at z=0z=0z=0.

Companion: Corollary 6 (p. 16)

On a star graph with infinite patience and the third attenuation function, Pr⁡[e is probed]≥(1−1/e) ye\Pr[e\text{ is probed}]\ge(1-1/e)\,y_ePr[e is probed]≥(1−1/e)ye​. It comes with the identity of p. 16 behind it: for the third function, a~(z)∫01e−x(1−z)dx=1−1/e\tilde a(z)\int_0^1e^{-x(1-z)}dx=1-1/ea~(z)∫01​e−x(1−z)dx=1−1/e for all z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1]. Both are plain items of the mission, not milestones.

Significance

By (4), Corollary 5 bounds the expected weight of Algorithm 1 by 12(1−e−2)∑ewepeye\frac12(1-e^{-2})\sum_ew_ep_ey_e21​(1−e−2)∑e​we​pe​ye​, and with an optimal yyy and the bound of Bansal et al. this is a 0.4320.4320.432-approximation for stochastic matching without patience constraints. Because the bound holds edge by edge and for every feasible yyy, it also gives a random-order contention resolution scheme for the matching polytope, which is the form reused for other objectives and in online settings. Corollary 6 is the rank-one analogue with the constant 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e.

None of this is formalized. Stochastic probing, patience, random-order processing and attenuation have no counterpart in Mathlib or on the platform. The mission produces a finite, executable model of a probing algorithm run on random coins and a random order, in which these probabilities are exact finite sums; that model is reusable for the other results of the paper and for related rounding schemes. The paper's results are proved in §3.2 (pp. 9–15) and §3.3 (p. 16); the milestones are the steps used there.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats the edges at the two endpoints of eee as independent obstacles, each blocking eee with probability proportional to its LP value. That fails because being free is not a product event: whether an earlier edge fff blocks eee depends on whether fff was itself free, which depends on the whole run before fff. A second difficulty is uniformity. The bound must hold for every feasible yyy, and the LP mass at an endpoint can be split among arbitrarily many edges of arbitrary sizes; the quantities involved are not monotone in how that mass is split, and the bound must survive the worst split, including the limit of many tiny edges. The choice of attenuation matters here: the third function of Definition 4 violates the convexity condition of Definition 3, which is why Corollary 6 is not covered by the paper's argument. Finally, the paper reasons with continuous arrival times, while the model has only permutations and finitely many coins.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The graph is the platform's EdmondsMatching65.Polyhedron.Graph (finite, loopless, parallel edges allowed). Probabilities ppp, LP values yyy, weights www and attenuations are real; patience is in ℕ∞, with ⊤=∞\top=\infty⊤=∞. Every probability is a finite average over the ∣E∣!|E|!∣E∣! orders of EEE and over all outcomes of the coins YYY, AAA, PPP, with product weights. The paper's independent uniform arrival times induce exactly this uniform order. The run of Algorithm 1 is computed step by step, with matched vertices and probe counters; free, probed and safe are events of that run.
  • Standing assumptions. 0≤pe≤10\le p_e\le10≤pe​≤1 for every edge (the meaning of "probability of being active"); LP (3) feasibility, which contains 0≤ye≤10\le y_e\le10≤ye​≤1; attenuations with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Disclosed choices. Corollary 5 is stated for a~exp⁡\tilde a_{\exp}a~exp​ and a~lin\tilde a_{\rm lin}a~lin​ with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2: the corollary says "the effective attenuation functions from Definition 4", its proof names these two, and the third function fails Definition 3 (g′′(0)<0g''(0)<0g′′(0)<0 for xxx near 1). The effectiveness milestone is stated for these two only. The third function is given its limit 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e at z=1z=1z=1, where the printed formula is 0/00/00/0. Corollary 6 is a companion item, not a milestone: the paper's argument for it passes through Lemma 3, which does not apply to the third function, so it is supported by numerical checks but its printed proof has a gap.
  • Not stated. The approximation-ratio and "balanced contention resolution scheme" sentences of Corollaries 5 and 6 need a model of all adaptive probing algorithms (Lemma 1 of the paper, from Bansal et al.) and are out of scope; the goals are the displayed probability bounds.
  • Ruled out. Defining Pr⁡[e is free]\Pr[e\text{ is free}]Pr[e is free] or Pr⁡[e is probed]\Pr[e\text{ is probed}]Pr[e is probed] by the product formula of p. 11 instead of from the run, or stating the goal for "some" attenuation function, would make the goal a different and easier theorem; neither is done.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the milestones; a general lemma that an event depending only on the edges before eee is independent of eee's coins; a conditioning-on-arrival-time lemma for uniform permutations; a proof (or a counterexample) for Corollary 6.

Selected references

  • B. Brubach, N. Grammel, W. Ma, C. MacRury, A. Srinivasan, Improved Guarantees for Offline Stochastic Matching via New Ordered Contention Resolution Schemes, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.06892v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.06892
  • N. Bansal, A. Gupta, J. Li, J. Mestre, V. Nagarajan, A. Rudra, When LP Is the Cure for Your Matching Woes: Improved Bounds for Stochastic Matchings, Algorithmica 63(4):733–762, 2012. https://link.springer.com/journal/453/volumes-and-issues/63-4
  • A. Baveja, A. Chavan, A. Nikiforov, A. Srinivasan, P. Xu, Improved Bounds in Stochastic Matching and Optimization, Algorithmica 80(11):3225–3252, 2018. https://link.springer.com/journal/453/volumes-and-issues/80-11
  • N. Chen, N. Immorlica, A. R. Karlin, M. Mahdian, A. Rudra, Approximating Matches Made in Heaven, ICALP 2009, LNCS 5555. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02927-1
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Continuous-Time Joint Replenishment Problem: ϵ-Optimal Policies via Pairwise Alignment: Ψ-Pairwise Alignment Yields a Replenishment Policy Within Factor 1 + 5ϵ of Any PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

The joint replenishment problem is a basic model of coordinated inventory control. A firm stocks nnn commodities, each of which follows its own Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) model, but every order also incurs a joint ordering cost K0K_0K0​, regardless of which commodities it contains. Ordering commodities together therefore saves money, and the question is how to synchronize their replenishment cycles.

Since the mid-1980s the best known guarantee for the continuous-time problem came from power-of-2 policies (Roundy 1985, 1986; Jackson, Maxwell and Muckstadt 1985; Muckstadt and Roundy 1987). Their cost is within 9/8≈1.06\sqrt{9/8}\approx1.069/8​≈1.06 of optimal for a fixed base period, and within 1/(2ln⁡2)≈1.021/(\sqrt2\ln2)\approx1.021/(2​ln2)≈1.02 when the base is optimized. On the hardness side, Schulz and Telha (2022) and Tuisov and Yedidsion (2020) showed the problem to be intractable; the latter proved it strongly NP-hard, which rules out a fully polynomial-time approximation scheme.

Segev (arXiv:2302.09941, published in Management Science, 2025) gave the first improvement over power-of-2 policies. For every ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​) the problem can be approximated within 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ of optimal in time O(2O~(1/ϵ3)⋅nO(1))O(2^{\tilde O(1/\epsilon^3)}\cdot n^{O(1)})O(2O~(1/ϵ3)⋅nO(1)). This mission formalizes the approximation guarantee behind that theorem. The source is the arXiv v1 preprint, and all theorem numbers refer to it.

Setting

Commodity i∈[n]i\in[n]i∈[n] has ordering cost Ki>0K_i>0Ki​>0 and holding cost Hi>0H_i>0Hi​>0. Ordering it every Ti>0T_i>0Ti​>0 time units costs per unit time

Ci(Ti)=KiTi+HiTi.C_i(T_i)=\frac{K_i}{T_i}+H_iT_i .Ci​(Ti​)=Ti​Ki​​+Hi​Ti​.

A policy is a vector T=(T1,…,Tn)T=(T_1,\dots,T_n)T=(T1​,…,Tn​) of positive intervals. For t>0t>0t>0 and Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0, let Mt,Δ={0,t,2t,…,⌊Δ/t⌋t}\mathcal M_{t,\Delta}=\{0,t,2t,\dots,\lfloor\Delta/t\rfloor t\}Mt,Δ​={0,t,2t,…,⌊Δ/t⌋t} be the multiples of ttt in [0,Δ][0,\Delta][0,Δ]. A policy places

N(T,Δ)=∣⋃i∈[n]MTi,Δ∣N(T,\Delta)=\Big|\bigcup_{i\in[n]}\mathcal M_{T_i,\Delta}\Big|N(T,Δ)=​i∈[n]⋃​MTi​,Δ​​

joint orders in [0,Δ][0,\Delta][0,Δ]. Its joint ordering cost and total cost are

J(T)=K0⋅lim⁡Δ→∞N(T,Δ)Δ,F(T)=J(T)+∑i∈[n]Ci(Ti).J(T)=K_0\cdot\lim_{\Delta\to\infty}\frac{N(T,\Delta)}{\Delta},\qquad F(T)=J(T)+\sum_{i\in[n]}C_i(T_i).J(T)=K0​⋅Δ→∞lim​ΔN(T,Δ)​,F(T)=J(T)+i∈[n]∑​Ci​(Ti​).

For N⊆[n]\mathcal N\subseteq[n]N⊆[n], MNM_{\mathcal N}MN​ is the least common multiple of {Ti}i∈N\{T_i\}_{i\in\mathcal N}{Ti​}i∈N​, and MN=∞M_{\mathcal N}=\inftyMN​=∞ when the intervals have no common multiple.

The algorithm works against a reference policy T∗T^*T∗ with Tmin⁡∗=min⁡iTi∗T^*_{\min}=\min_iT^*_iTmin∗​=mini​Ti∗​ and an estimate F(T∗)≤OPT~≤2F(T∗)F(T^*)\le\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}\le2F(T^*)F(T∗)≤OPT≤2F(T∗).

  • Easy regime. When Tmin⁡∗≥nϵ⋅K0OPT~T^*_{\min}\ge\frac n\epsilon\cdot\frac{K_0}{\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}}Tmin∗​≥ϵn​⋅OPTK0​​, it uses the easy policy T^i=(K0+Ki)/Hi\hat T_i=\sqrt{(K_0+K_i)/H_i}T^i​=(K0​+Ki​)/Hi​​.
  • Difficult regime. Otherwise it guesses T~min⁡\tilde T_{\min}T~min​ with (1−ϵ/2)Tmin⁡∗≤T~min⁡≤Tmin⁡∗(1-\epsilon/2)T^*_{\min}\le\tilde T_{\min}\le T^*_{\min}(1−ϵ/2)Tmin∗​≤T~min​≤Tmin∗​ (2). It cuts [T~min⁡,T~min⁡/ϵ][\tilde T_{\min},\tilde T_{\min}/\epsilon][T~min​,T~min​/ϵ] into segments Sℓ=[(1+ϵ)ℓ−1T~min⁡,(1+ϵ)ℓT~min⁡)S_\ell=[(1+\epsilon)^{\ell-1}\tilde T_{\min},(1+\epsilon)^\ell\tilde T_{\min})Sℓ​=[(1+ϵ)ℓ−1T~min​,(1+ϵ)ℓT~min​), ℓ=1,…,L\ell=1,\dots,Lℓ=1,…,L. It keeps the active segments A∗\mathcal A^*A∗, those containing some Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​, and picks one representative Rℓ∗R^*_\ellRℓ∗​ among the Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​ in each.

Two representatives are Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned when aRℓ1∗=bRℓ2∗aR^*_{\ell_1}=bR^*_{\ell_2}aRℓ1​∗​=bRℓ2​∗​ for positive integers a,b≤Ψ=2L22L/ϵa,b\le\Psi=2L^2 2^L/\epsilona,b≤Ψ=2L22L/ϵ. The alignment graph GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​ joins Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned active segments. The linear system (LP) asks for Rℓ∈SˉℓR_\ell\in\bar S_\ellRℓ​∈Sˉℓ​ satisfying the same alignment relations as R∗R^*R∗. A solution is misaligned across components when representatives in different components of GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​ are not Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned. The final policy gives commodity iii the CiC_iCi​-cheapest of the RℓR_\ellRℓ​ and of the single large interval ⌈max⁡{T~min⁡/ϵ,Ki/Hi}⌉(R1)\lceil\max\{\tilde T_{\min}/\epsilon,\sqrt{K_i/H_i}\}\rceil^{(R_1)}⌈max{T~min​/ϵ,Ki​/Hi​​}⌉(R1​), rounded up to a multiple of R1R_1R1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the approximation half of Theorem 1.3

Fix n≥1n\ge1n≥1, K0,Ki,Hi>0K_0,K_i,H_i>0K0​,Ki​,Hi​>0, ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​), a policy T∗T^*T∗ with all Ti∗>0T^*_i>0Ti∗​>0, and OPT~\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}OPT with F(T∗)≤OPT~≤2F(T∗)F(T^*)\le\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}\le2F(T^*)F(T∗)≤OPT≤2F(T∗).

  • (a) In the easy regime,
F(T^)≤(1+2ϵ)F(T∗).F(\hat T)\le(1+2\epsilon)F(T^*).F(T^)≤(1+2ϵ)F(T∗).
  • (b) In the difficult regime, the grid of powers of 1+ϵ/21+\epsilon/21+ϵ/2 contains a guess satisfying (2). For every such guess and every choice of representatives, a feasible, cross-misaligned solution of (LP) exists, and every final policy T^\hat TT^ built from such a solution satisfies
F(T^)≤(1+5ϵ) F(T∗).F(\hat T)\le(1+5\epsilon)\,F(T^*).F(T^)≤(1+5ϵ)F(T∗).

Milestones

The goal's proof uses the following results, in this order:

  • Claim 1.1 (EOQ facts) and Lemma 1.2 (the density exists and equals ∑N(−1)∣N∣+1/MN\sum_{\mathcal N}(-1)^{|\mathcal N|+1}/M_{\mathcal N}∑N​(−1)∣N∣+1/MN​).
  • Lemma 2.1 (the easy regime) and Observations 2.2 and 2.3.
  • Lemma 2.4, Lemma 2.5 and Corollary 2.6 (the structure of (LP)).
  • Lemmas 3.2 and 3.3 and Claims 3.4 and 3.5 (crossing and uncrossing terms).
  • Lemma 3.1 and inequality (3) (density), and Lemma 3.6 (assignability).

Significance

The theorem gives the first approximation scheme for continuous-time joint replenishment. It settles the problem's approximability up to the form of the exponential dependence on ϵ\epsilonϵ, after nearly four decades in which power-of-2 policies were the best available. Its central device, synchronizing pairs of representatives through bounded integer multiples and controlling everything else by inclusion–exclusion over the alignment graph, is proposed in the paper as a template for other multi-item lot-sizing models.

The result is proved on paper, and no machine-checked version is known. A formalization adds three things.

  • Lemma 1.2. A verified proof that the joint ordering cost of every positive policy is well defined. The paper notes that this is not obvious from (1).
  • Bookkeeping. A check of the paper's constants and signs across a long inclusion–exclusion argument.
  • Generality. Making explicit that the guarantee holds against any positive reference policy, not only an optimal one, whose existence the paper never establishes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument runs as follows: round every Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​ to a nearby point of a small grid and charge joint orders to the grid. It fails because the cost of the joint orders depends on the least common multiples of the intervals, not on their sizes. Two nearby reals can have a small lcm, or none at all, and an arbitrarily small perturbation changes N(T,Δ)N(T,\Delta)N(T,Δ) by a constant factor. The proof must therefore keep the arithmetic relations among the representatives exactly where they matter: within components of GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​, through (LP). It must also show that relations across components contribute only lower-order terms. This requires two nested inclusion–exclusion expansions (Lemma 3.3 and Claim 3.5) whose error terms, of order ∣A∗∣22∣A∗∣|\mathcal A^*|^2 2^{|\mathcal A^*|}∣A∗∣22∣A∗∣, are absorbed by the choice of Ψ\PsiΨ.

Lemma 1.2 is a squeeze argument, but it rests on showing that the common multiples of finitely many positive reals form the set M⋅NM\cdot\mathbb NM⋅N.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace ContJRP.Align.

Representation.

  • The model is defined on Mathlib with no external dependency.
  • Commodities are Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • N(⋅,Δ)N(\cdot,\Delta)N(⋅,Δ) counts a finite union of Finset ℝ, and 000 is a member of every Mt,Δ\mathcal M_{t,\Delta}Mt,Δ​.
  • The density is a limUnder.
  • 1/MN1/M_{\mathcal N}1/MN​ is 0 when no common multiple exists.
  • Segments are indexed from 000 in Lean, so the paper's SℓS_\ellSℓ​ and R1R_1R1​ are Lean's index ℓ−1\ell-1ℓ−1 and R 0.

Committed conventions.

  • K0,Ki,Hi>0K_0,K_i,H_i>0K0​,Ki​,Hi​>0 and ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​) everywhere.
  • LLL is the least natural number with (1+ϵ)L>1/ϵ(1+\epsilon)^L>1/\epsilon(1+ϵ)L>1/ϵ, which the page leaves as O(1ϵlog⁡1ϵ)O(\frac1\epsilon\log\frac1\epsilon)O(ϵ1​logϵ1​).
  • Every alignment multiple and the β±\beta^\pmβ± of Lemma 2.4 are positive integers.
  • Inclusion–exclusion sums range over nonempty index sets.
  • The reference policy T∗T^*T∗ is any positive policy whose cost the estimate brackets; it need not be optimal.
  • Lemmas in §2–§3 do not assume the difficult-regime inequality, which their proofs do not use.

What is left out. The running-time half of Theorem 1.3, the time bounds of Lemmas 2.4 and 2.5, and the final selection of the cheapest candidate (§3.3) are not formalized. The goal carries the constants the analysis proves, 1+2ϵ1+2\epsilon1+2ϵ and 1+5ϵ1+5\epsilon1+5ϵ, rather than the rescaled 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ.

Trivializing formalizations ruled out.

  • (LP) cannot be empty, because the goal asserts that a feasible, cross-misaligned solution exists.
  • limUnder cannot return a junk value, because Lemma 1.2 and (3) are stated as Tendsto limits.
  • The final policy is not a free parameter: each T^i\hat T_iT^i​ must be one of its options and CiC_iCi​-minimal among them.
  • Misalignment quantifies over positive multiples only, so it is satisfiable.

Infrastructure and contributions. A complete development needs three pieces:

  • the lattice of common multiples of positive reals, and the floor-count ∣⋂iMTi,Δ∣=⌊Δ/M⌋+1|\bigcap_{i}\mathcal M_{T_i,\Delta}|=\lfloor\Delta/M\rfloor+1∣⋂i​MTi​,Δ​∣=⌊Δ/M⌋+1;
  • inclusion–exclusion for finite unions (Finset.inclusion_exclusion_card_biUnion in Mathlib);
  • elementary calculus for the EOQ cost.

The density results (Lemma 1.2) are reusable for any periodic-scheduling model. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative statements of the selection step.

Selected references

  • D. Segev, The Continuous-Time Joint Replenishment Problem: ϵ-Optimal Policies via Pairwise Alignment, arXiv:2302.09941v1, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.09941
  • R. Roundy, 98%-effective integer-ratio lot-sizing for one-warehouse multi-retailer systems, Management Science 31(11), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.31.11.1416
  • P. Jackson, W. Maxwell, J. Muckstadt, The joint replenishment problem with a powers-of-two restriction, IIE Transactions 17(1), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1080/07408178508975270
  • C.-P. Teo, D. Bertsimas, Multistage lot sizing problems via randomized rounding, Operations Research 49(4), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.4.599.11225
  • A. S. Schulz, C. Telha, Integer factorization: Why two-item joint replenishment is hard, Operations Research, 2022 (forthcoming at the time of the preprint).
  • A. Tuisov, L. Yedidsion, The continuous joint replenishment problem is strongly NP-hard, arXiv:2006.05310, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.05310
19 thms1 active userReviewed
AlgebraDiscrete GeometryInformation Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

A Large Family of Maximum Scattered Linear Sets of PG(1, q^n) and Their Associated MRD Codes 2: For Odd q = p^r and t > 4, a Lower Bound on the Number of PΓL-Classes of the Linear Sets L_{h,t}Research Paper

Motivation

A linear set of the projective line PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) is the set of points ⟨u⟩Fqn\langle u\rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}}⟨u⟩Fqn​​ spanned by the nonzero vectors uuu of an Fq\mathbb F_qFq​-subspace U⊆Fqn2U \subseteq \mathbb F_{q^n}^2U⊆Fqn2​. The extremal ones, the maximum scattered linear sets, are given by scattered polynomials fff over Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​, and each such fff also gives an Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​-linear maximum rank-distance (MRD) code Cf={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn}\mathcal C_f = \{ax + bf(x) : a, b \in \mathbb F_{q^n}\}Cf​={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn​} of minimum distance n−1n-1n−1 (Sheekey, Adv. Math. Commun. 10, 2016). Rank-distance codes are used in network coding, and linear sets appear in the study of semifields, blocking sets and two-intersection sets.

Linear sets and codes are classified up to equivalence: two linear sets are the same object if a collineation of the line, an element of PΓL(2,qn)\mathrm{P\Gamma L}(2, q^n)PΓL(2,qn), maps one onto the other. The question is therefore not only whether new scattered polynomials exist but how many inequivalent linear sets they produce.

  • 2000–2001. The monomials xqsx^{q^s}xqs, gcd⁡(s,n)=1\gcd(s,n) = 1gcd(s,n)=1 (Blokhuis–Lavrauw 2000), all give a single linear set of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1,q^n)PG(1,qn) (pseudoregulus type); the binomials δxqs+xqn−s\delta x^{q^s} + x^{q^{n-s}}δxqs+xqn−s (Lunardon–Polverino 2001) give at most φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) times a function of qqq classes.
  • 2018. Csajbók, Marino and Polverino (J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 157, 2018) develop the equivalence theory of linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn), including coefficient identities that two qqq-polynomials defining the same linear set must satisfy.
  • 2021. Longobardi and Zanella (J. Algebraic Combin. 2021) give a third family, again with at most φ(n)/2\varphi(n)/2φ(n)/2 classes.
  • 2021. Longobardi, Marino, Trombetti and Zhou (arXiv:2102.08287v3) construct the family ψh,t\psi_{h,t}ψh,t​ (Theorem 3.1, the companion mission) and show (Theorem 5.1) that it contains a number of PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-classes growing exponentially in nnn. This mission formalizes that count.

Setting

Let ppp be an odd prime, r≥1r \ge 1r≥1, q=prq = p^rq=pr, t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, n=2tn = 2tn=2t, and let F=FqnF = \mathbb F_{q^n}F=Fqn​ be the finite field of order q2tq^{2t}q2t. Its subfield Fq\mathbb F_qFq​ is {c:cq=c}\{c : c^q = c\}{c:cq=c}.

A qqq-polynomial is a map f(x)=∑i=0n−1αixqif(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \alpha_i x^{q^i}f(x)=∑i=0n−1​αi​xqi with αi∈F\alpha_i \in Fαi​∈F (qpoly). It is scattered (IsScatteredPoly) if for all z,y∈F∗z, y \in F^*z,y∈F∗, f(z)/z=f(y)/yf(z)/z = f(y)/yf(z)/z=f(y)/y forces z=cyz = cyz=cy with c∈Fqc \in \mathbb F_qc∈Fq​.

The graph of fff is Uf={(x,f(x)):x∈F}⊆F2U_f = \{(x, f(x)) : x \in F\} \subseteq F^2Uf​={(x,f(x)):x∈F}⊆F2 (graph). A point ⟨v⟩Fqn\langle v \rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}}⟨v⟩Fqn​​ of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) is the set of all FFF-multiples of a nonzero v∈F2v \in F^2v∈F2 (point), and the linear set of fff is the point set

Lf={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn:x∈F∗}(linSet).L_f = \{\langle (x, f(x))\rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}} : x \in F^*\} \quad (\texttt{linSet}).Lf​={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn​​:x∈F∗}(linSet).

For a field automorphism σ\sigmaσ and an invertible 2×22 \times 22×2 matrix AAA over FFF, the map v↦Avσv \mapsto A v^\sigmav↦Avσ (σ\sigmaσ acting on coordinates, act) is an element of ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2, q^n)ΓL(2,qn); with σ=id\sigma = \mathrm{id}σ=id it is in GL(2,qn)\mathrm{GL}(2, q^n)GL(2,qn). Two subsets U,W⊆F2U, W \subseteq F^2U,W⊆F2 are GL- or ΓL-equivalent (GLEquiv, GammaLEquiv) if such a map sends UUU onto WWW. Two point sets are PGL- or PΓL-equivalent (PGLEquiv, PGammaLEquiv) if the induced map on points, P↦{Avσ:v∈P}P \mapsto \{A v^\sigma : v \in P\}P↦{Avσ:v∈P}, sends one onto the other.

The family. For h∈Fh \in Fh∈F,

ψh,t(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1(psi),\psi_{h,t}(x) = x^q + x^{q^{t-1}} - h^{1-q^{t+1}} x^{q^{t+1}} + h^{1-q^{2t-1}} x^{q^{2t-1}} \quad (\texttt{psi}),ψh,t​(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1(psi),

H={h∈F:hqt+1=−1}H = \{h \in F : h^{q^t+1} = -1\}H={h∈F:hqt+1=−1} (hSet), Uh=Uψh,tU_h = U_{\psi_{h,t}}Uh​=Uψh,t​​ and Lh,t=Lψh,tL_{h,t} = L_{\psi_{h,t}}Lh,t​=Lψh,t​​. For t≥3t \ge 3t≥3 and h∈H∖Fqth \in H \setminus \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈H∖Fqt​, ψh,t\psi_{h,t}ψh,t​ is scattered and Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​ is a maximum scattered linear set (Theorem 3.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

For t>4t > 4t>4, the number MMM of PΓL(2,qn)\mathrm{P\Gamma L}(2,q^n)PΓL(2,qn)-classes met by the sets Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​, h∈Hh \in Hh∈H, satisfies

M≥{⌊qt+18rt⌋,t≢2(mod4),⌊qt+14rt(q2+1)⌋,t≡2(mod4).M \ge \begin{cases} \left\lfloor \dfrac{q^t+1}{8rt} \right\rfloor, & t \not\equiv 2 \pmod 4,\\[1.5ex] \left\lfloor \dfrac{q^t+1}{4rt(q^2+1)} \right\rfloor, & t \equiv 2 \pmod 4.\end{cases}M≥⎩⎨⎧​⌊8rtqt+1​⌋,⌊4rt(q2+1)qt+1​⌋,​t≡2(mod4),t≡2(mod4).​

It is stated as: some S⊆HS \subseteq HS⊆H of at least that size has pairwise PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-inequivalent Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​. The goal fixes the paper's constants; the proof on p. 26 in fact counts classes exactly in terms of class sizes, so a sharper bound is a natural follow-up.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.2 (p. 7): h∈H⇒hq2+1≠1h \in H \Rightarrow h^{q^2+1} \ne 1h∈H⇒hq2+1=1 and hqt−2≠−hh^{q^{t-2}} \ne -hhqt−2=−h.
  2. ∣H∣=qt+1|H| = q^t + 1∣H∣=qt+1 (p. 26).
  3. Display (29) (p. 16): for h,k∈Hh, k \in Hh,k∈H, Uh∼GLUkU_h \sim_{\mathrm{GL}} U_kUh​∼GL​Uk​ iff h=±kh = \pm kh=±k (t≢2t \not\equiv 2t≡2) or h=ℓkh = \ell kh=ℓk with ℓq2+1=1\ell^{q^2+1} = 1ℓq2+1=1 (t≡2 mod 4t \equiv 2 \bmod 4t≡2mod4).
  4. Theorem 4.2 (a)–(b) (p. 16), in the UhU_hUh​ form: Uh∼ΓLUkU_h \sim_{\Gamma\mathrm L} U_kUh​∼ΓL​Uk​ iff h=±kρh = \pm k^\rhoh=±kρ (resp. ℓkρ\ell k^\rhoℓkρ) for some ρ∈Aut(Fqn)\rho \in \mathrm{Aut}(\mathbb F_{q^n})ρ∈Aut(Fqn​).
  5. Proof of Corollary 4.3 (p. 18): the GL-class of UhU_hUh​ in the family has ξh=2\xi_h = 2ξh​=2 (resp. q2+1q^2+1q2+1) members, and its ΓL-class at most nrξhnr\xi_hnrξh​.
  6. Lemma 2.2 (p. 5, from Csajbók–Marino–Polverino): Lf=LgL_f = L_gLf​=Lg​ forces α0=β0\alpha_0 = \beta_0α0​=β0​ and two families of coefficient identities.
  7. Display (37) (pp. 20–21): PGL-equivalence of Lf,LgL_f, L_gLf​,Lg​ as an equality of sets of quotients.
  8. The case b=0b = 0b=0 of (37) (p. 21): c=0c = 0c=0.
  9. Lemma 5.2 (p. 21): the case b=0b = 0b=0 for ψh,t,ψk,t\psi_{h,t}, \psi_{k,t}ψh,t​,ψk,t​ gives (h/k)q2+1=1(h/k)^{q^2+1} = 1(h/k)q2+1=1 and Uh∼ΓLUkU_h \sim_{\Gamma\mathrm L} U_kUh​∼ΓL​Uk​.
  10. Lemma 5.3 (p. 22): the case b=1b = 1b=1, with its three conclusions.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.1 shows that maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn), and hence Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​-linear MRD codes, exist in numbers exponential in nnn up to equivalence, whereas each previously known infinite family yields at most φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) times a function of qqq classes (Table 1, p. 3). Remark 5.4 draws the consequence that the family is new. Its intermediate results, the classification of the GL\mathrm{GL}GL- and ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalences between the UhU_hUh​ (Theorem 4.2) and the reduction of PGL\mathrm{PGL}PGL-equivalence to sets of quotients, are the standard tools for any later classification of this family.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a complete published proof; none of it is machine-checked. The platform has no action of GL(2,qn)\mathrm{GL}(2, q^n)GL(2,qn) or ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2, q^n)ΓL(2,qn) on the projective line, no linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1,q^n)PG(1,qn) as point sets, and no coefficient identities for qqq-polynomials defining the same linear set. The mission produces these, then the class counts. Lemma 2.2 is a result of an earlier paper (Csajbók–Marino–Polverino 2018) cited without proof, so formalizing it means formalizing part of that paper too.

Difficulty

Equality of two linear sets is equality of sets of points, which says nothing directly about the polynomials: different qqq-polynomials can define the same linear set (all xqsx^{q^s}xqs with gcd⁡(s,n)=1\gcd(s,n)=1gcd(s,n)=1 do). The obvious idea, that PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-equivalent linear sets come from ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalent subspaces UhU_hUh​, fails in general (p. 3), so the count cannot be read off Theorem 4.2. The step that needs the restriction t>4t > 4t>4 is the comparison of coefficients in the qqq-polynomial identities, which for t=3,4t = 3, 4t=3,4 is open (Remark 5.5). A second difficulty is bookkeeping: the exponents qt±1q^{t\pm1}qt±1, q2t−1q^{2t-1}q2t−1, the negative powers of hhh and the case split on t mod 4t \bmod 4tmod4 must all be tracked through every identity.

Formalization scope

  • Field. FFF is a finite field with CharP F p, p prime, Odd p ("qqq odd"), q = p ^ r with 0 < r, and Fintype.card F = q ^ (2 * t). rrr is the exponent of q=prq = p^rq=pr, as in Theorem 5.1, so ∣Aut(Fqn)∣=rn|\mathrm{Aut}(\mathbb F_{q^n})| = rn∣Aut(Fqn​)∣=rn. Lemma 2.2, (37) and the b=0b = 0b=0 step are stated for general n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and Fintype.card F = q ^ n, without "qqq odd", as printed.
  • Exponents. xqix^{q^i}xqi is x ^ q ^ i; negative powers of hhh are field quotients (h / h ^ q ^ (t+1) for h1−qt+1h^{1-q^{t+1}}h1−qt+1), exact since h≠0h \ne 0h=0 on HHH. Natural-number subtractions t−1t-1t−1, 2t−12t-12t−1, 3t−23t-23t−2, n−kn-kn−k, qi−1q^i - 1qi−1 are exact in the stated ranges.
  • Geometry. The plane is Fin 2 → F; points are sets of scalar multiples; linear sets are sets of points. Equivalences are stated as images of sets under v↦Avσv \mapsto A v^\sigmav↦Avσ with det⁡A\det AdetA a unit and σ:F≃F\sigma : F \simeq Fσ:F≃F a ring automorphism.
  • Pinned readings.
    1. "Scattered" is the p. 2 quotient definition with Fq={c:cq=c}\mathbb F_q = \{c : c^q = c\}Fq​={c:cq=c}.
    2. Proposition 3.2's hqt−2h^{q^{t-2}}hqt−2 is read as hq3t−2h^{q^{3t-2}}hq3t−2 (equal for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2), and "qqq odd" is added.
    3. Theorem 4.2 (a)–(b), stated for codes Ch,t\mathcal C_{h,t}Ch,t​, is formalized as the ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalence of Uh,UkU_h, U_kUh​,Uk​, which the proof establishes and which is the code equivalence by Theorem 2.1 (from Sheekey 2016). The automorphism-group sentence is omitted.
    4. Lemma 5.3's hypothesis "(41) holds" is read in the setting of p. 21: b=1b = 1b=1, cˉ=c−da≠0\bar c = c - da \ne 0cˉ=c−da=0, gˉ=∑γiyqi\bar g = \sum \gamma_i y^{q^i}gˉ​=∑γi​yqi inverse to x↦ax+g(x)x \mapsto ax + g(x)x↦ax+g(x) (47), and d+cˉγ0=0d + \bar c\gamma_0 = 0d+cˉγ0​=0 (40).
    5. In (37), ax+bg(x)≠0ax + bg(x) \ne 0ax+bg(x)=0 for x≠0x \ne 0x=0 is part of the condition (stated on p. 21 for b=1b = 1b=1).
    6. "The total number MMM of inequivalent Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​" is the number of classes met by {Lh,t:h∈H}\{L_{h,t} : h \in H\}{Lh,t​:h∈H}, formalized through a pairwise-inequivalent subset of HHH. HHH is not restricted to h∉Fqth \notin \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈/Fqt​, as in the count ∣H∣=qt+1|H| = q^t+1∣H∣=qt+1 of p. 26; "maximum scattered" is descriptive.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. Equivalence is stated on point sets, never on quotient sets {f(x)/x}\{f(x)/x\}{f(x)/x}, where Lean's y/0=0y/0 = 0y/0=0 could merge inequivalent sets; the goal requires pairwise inequivalence, not distinctness of the parameters hhh (note ψ−h,t=ψh,t\psi_{-h,t} = \psi_{h,t}ψ−h,t​=ψh,t​); and the hypotheses are satisfiable, with bound ⌊244/40⌋=6\lfloor 244/40 \rfloor = 6⌊244/40⌋=6 at q=3q = 3q=3, t=5t = 5t=5.
  • Citation basis. All indices and pages refer to arXiv:2102.08287v3 (printed page = PDF page). The Combinatorica version is not used.
  • Welcome contributions. The ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2,q^n)ΓL(2,qn) action on F2F^2F2 and on point sets, the cardinality of {h:hqt+1=−1}\{h : h^{q^t+1} = -1\}{h:hqt+1=−1}, and Lemma 2.2 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of Theorem 3.1 in the companion mission, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Longobardi, G. Marino, R. Trombetti, Y. Zhou, A large family of maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1, q^n) and their associated MRD codes, arXiv:2102.08287v3, 2021 (Combinatorica 43, 2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/2102.08287v3
  • B. Csajbók, G. Marino, O. Polverino, Classes and equivalence of linear sets in PG(1, q^n), J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 157, 402–426, 2018.
  • J. Sheekey, A new family of linear maximum rank distance codes, Adv. Math. Commun. 10(3), 475–488, 2016.
  • G. Longobardi, C. Zanella, Linear sets and MRD-codes arising from a class of scattered linearized polynomials, J. Algebraic Combin., 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10801-020-01011-9
  • A. Blokhuis, M. Lavrauw, Scattered spaces with respect to a spread in PG(n, q), Geometriae Dedicata 81(1), 231–243, 2000.
  • G. Lunardon, O. Polverino, Blocking sets and derivable partial spreads, J. Algebraic Combin. 14(1), 49–56, 2001.
  • B. Csajbók, C. Zanella, On the equivalence of linear sets, Des. Codes Cryptogr. 81(2), 269–281, 2016.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Stochastic Matching: New Algorithms with Better Bounds 1: Every Random-Lists Algorithm Has ALG/OPT ≥ E[ALG]/E[OPT] − 2ε/(c+ε) with Probability at Least 1 − 2exp(−2nε²)Research Paper

Motivation

Online bipartite matching with stochastic arrivals models the assignment of display-advertising impressions to advertisers: requests arrive one at a time, each must be assigned irrevocably on arrival or dropped, and the arrival sequence is random rather than adversarial. Since Feldman, Mehta, Mirrokni and Muthukrishnan beat the 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e barrier in the i.i.d. arrival model (FOCS 2009), a line of work has designed algorithms with better guarantees. Jaillet and Lu (Math. Oper. Res. 2014) introduce a whole class of such algorithms, the Random Lists Algorithms, and obtain ratios 0.7290.7290.729, 0.7250.7250.725 and 0.7060.7060.706 for integral arrival rates, vertex weights and general arrival rates.

Two notions of performance coexist in this literature. One compares expectations, E[ALG]/E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]/\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[ALG]/E[OPT]; the other asks that ALG/OPT\mathrm{ALG}/\mathrm{OPT}ALG/OPT be large on most realizations, as in Feldman et al. Section 2 of Jaillet and Lu shows that, for every algorithm of their class, the two notions are quantitatively linked by an explicit exponential tail bound. This mission formalizes that section.

Setting

A bipartite graph G={A∪I,E}G = \{A \cup I, E\}G={A∪I,E} has a finite set AAA of advertisers, a set III of impression types, and edges E⊆A×IE \subseteq A \times IE⊆A×I; (a,i)∈E(a, i) \in E(a,i)∈E means advertiser aaa is interested in type iii. A fixed number nnn of requests arrive at periods 1,…,n1, \dots, n1,…,n, and their types are drawn i.i.d. from a known distribution on III. Every advertiser can receive at most one request.

A list for type iii is an ordered sequence of advertisers interested in iii. A Random Lists Algorithm fixes, for each type iii, a distribution Di\mathcal D_iDi​ over lists (constructed from an LP solution; the construction is irrelevant here). When a request of type iii arrives it draws a list from Di\mathcal D_iDi​ and assigns the request to the first advertiser on the list not yet matched, or drops it if every listed advertiser is matched.

Formally, each request carries an outcome xxx in a finite set X\mathcal XX determining its type typ(x)\mathrm{typ}(x)typ(x) and its list lst(x)\mathrm{lst}(x)lst(x); outcomes ω1,…,ωn\omega_1, \dots, \omega_nω1​,…,ωn​ are i.i.d. with law ν\nuν. Starting from W0=∅W_0 = \emptysetW0​=∅, the set WjW_jWj​ of matched advertisers after the jjj-th request is obtained from Wj−1W_{j-1}Wj−1​ by adding the first advertiser of lst(ωj)\mathrm{lst}(\omega_j)lst(ωj​) outside Wj−1W_{j-1}Wj−1​, if any. Then:

  • ALG(ω)=∣Wn∣\mathrm{ALG}(\omega) = |W_n|ALG(ω)=∣Wn​∣, the number of assigned requests;
  • OPT(ω)\mathrm{OPT}(\omega)OPT(ω) is the cardinality of a maximum matching of the realized graph, in which request jjj may go to aaa iff (a,typ(ωj))∈E(a, \mathrm{typ}(\omega_j)) \in E(a,typ(ωj​))∈E;
  • E[ALG]\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]E[ALG], E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT] are expectations under ν⊗n\nu^{\otimes n}ν⊗n, and c=E[OPT]/nc = \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]/nc=E[OPT]/n.

Formalization targets

Goal: the concluding display of Section 2 (p. 6)

If every list contains only interested advertisers, then for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0,

P(ALGOPT≥E[ALG]E[OPT]−2ϵc+ϵ)≥1−2exp⁡(−2nϵ2).\mathbb P\left(\frac{\mathrm{ALG}}{\mathrm{OPT}} \ge \frac{\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]}{\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]} - \frac{2\epsilon}{c + \epsilon}\right) \ge 1 - 2\exp(-2n\epsilon^2).P(OPTALG​≥E[OPT]E[ALG]​−c+ϵ2ϵ​)≥1−2exp(−2nϵ2).

It holds for every instance and every law ν\nuν, with no assumption on the size of E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT].

Milestones

  1. Claim 1 (p. 5). If two list sequences differ in one position, the cardinalities of the resulting matchings differ by at most one.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 5). P(ALG−E[ALG]<−nϵ)≤exp⁡(−2nϵ2)\mathbb P(\mathrm{ALG} - \mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}] < -n\epsilon) \le \exp(-2n\epsilon^2)P(ALG−E[ALG]<−nϵ)≤exp(−2nϵ2).
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 5). P(OPT−E[OPT]>nϵ)≤exp⁡(−2nϵ2)\mathbb P(\mathrm{OPT} - \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}] > n\epsilon) \le \exp(-2n\epsilon^2)P(OPT−E[OPT]>nϵ)≤exp(−2nϵ2).

A supporting theorem, not a milestone, records the fact the display uses without stating it: with interested lists, ALG≤OPT\mathrm{ALG} \le \mathrm{OPT}ALG≤OPT on every realization.

Significance

The display shows that the paper's guarantees, proved for the ratio of expectations, transfer to realizations: when E[OPT]=Θ(n)\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}] = \Theta(n)E[OPT]=Θ(n), ALG/OPT\mathrm{ALG}/\mathrm{OPT}ALG/OPT is at least E[ALG]/E[OPT]−O(ϵ)\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]/\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}] - O(\epsilon)E[ALG]/E[OPT]−O(ϵ) except with probability 2e−2nϵ22e^{-2n\epsilon^2}2e−2nϵ2. It applies uniformly to the whole class of Random Lists Algorithms, whatever the LP and the list distributions, so it covers each of the paper's later algorithms at once.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing about it is open. It has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a precise model of list-based online matching (the greedy run, the realization-graph optimum, the joint type–list law) that later formalizations of the paper's competitive ratios can build on, and a worked application of the bounded-differences method to a combinatorial online algorithm.

Difficulty

The concluding display is elementary once Lemmas 1 and 2 are available. The two lemmas need McDiarmid's bounded-differences inequality in one-sided form, which Mathlib does not provide, and the bounded-difference properties of ALG and OPT.

Claim 1 is the step where the naive argument fails. Changing one list can change the assignment of every later request, so ALG is not a sum of local contributions, and a single changed list could a priori cascade into many changed assignments; the claim asserts that the cascade never changes the total by more than one. The analogous property for OPT (changing one request's type moves the maximum matching by at most one) is used in Lemma 2's proof but is not stated in the paper.

Formalization scope

  • Arrivals. Outcomes live in a finite type X\mathcal XX with the discrete σ-algebra, and the law of the arrivals is the product measure ν⊗n\nu^{\otimes n}ν⊗n (Measure.pi). Any joint law of type and list is allowed; every Random Lists Algorithm is the case X={(i,l)}\mathcal X = \{(i, l)\}X={(i,l)}, ν(i,l)=pi Di(l)\nu(i, l) = p_i\,\mathcal D_i(l)ν(i,l)=pi​Di​(l). Types and lists are not modelled as independent sequences, which would break ALG≤OPT\mathrm{ALG} \le \mathrm{OPT}ALG≤OPT.
  • Expectations are Bochner integrals of functions on the finite space Xn\mathcal X^nXn, hence honest finite sums.
  • Matchings. OPT is the maximum size of a partial assignment Fin n → Option A that uses only edges and gives each advertiser at most one request; the empty assignment qualifies, so the maximum is over a nonempty set. ALG is ∣Wn∣|W_n|∣Wn​∣ for the greedy recursion.
  • Pinned hypotheses. The goal assumes n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 (the paper's c=E[OPT]/nc = \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]/nc=E[OPT]/n) and that every list only contains interested advertisers (stated in §2, p. 5). Claim 1 and Lemma 1 hold for arbitrary lists and carry neither hypothesis. Lists need not be nonempty or repetition-free.
  • Division by zero. No hypothesis E[OPT]>0\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}] > 0E[OPT]>0 or OPT>0\mathrm{OPT} > 0OPT>0 is made. On realizations with OPT=0\mathrm{OPT} = 0OPT=0, and when E[OPT]=0\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}] = 0E[OPT]=0, Lean's x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0 applies; the statement remains true under it, and adding a positivity hypothesis would weaken the result.
  • Not posed. Theorems 1–3 (the competitive ratios, which hold up to 1+O(1/n)1 + O(1/n)1+O(1/n)) and the LP constructions of the algorithms are out of scope. McDiarmid's inequality is a proof tool, not an item. A one-sided version is posed elsewhere on the platform and not yet proved.

Contributions welcome: a one-sided McDiarmid inequality for Measure.pi (reusable well beyond this mission), the bounded-difference property of maximum bipartite matchings, and Claim 1.

Selected references

  • P. Jaillet and X. Lu, Online Stochastic Matching: New Algorithms with Better Bounds, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(3), 2014; accepted manuscript, rev. June 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0621
  • J. Feldman, A. Mehta, V. Mirrokni and S. Muthukrishnan, Online Stochastic Matching: Beating 1 − 1/e, FOCS 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0905.4100
  • C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, Surveys in Combinatorics, London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Series 141, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107359949.008
5 thms1 active userReviewed
AlgebraDiscrete Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

A Large Family of Maximum Scattered Linear Sets of PG(1, q^n) and Their Associated MRD Codes 1: For q Odd, t ≥ 3, h ∉ 𝔽_{q^t} and h^(q^t+1) = −1, ψ_{h,t} Is Scattered over 𝔽_{q^{2t}}Research Paper

Motivation

A linear set of a projective space over a finite field is the set of points spanned by the nonzero vectors of a subspace over a subfield. They have been used to construct and characterize semifields, rank-metric codes, translation spreads, translation ovoids, two-intersection sets and the blocking sets for which Lunardon introduced them (Polverino 2010; Lavrauw–Van de Voorde 2015). On the projective line PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) the extremal objects, the maximum scattered linear sets, are equivalent to scattered polynomials over Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​, and each scattered polynomial fff gives an Fq\mathbb F_qFq​-linear maximum rank-distance (MRD) code Cf={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn}\mathcal C_f = \{ax + bf(x) : a, b \in \mathbb F_{q^n}\}Cf​={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn​} of minimum distance n−1n-1n−1 (Sheekey 2016). Rank-distance codes are studied in network coding theory (p. 2).

Scattered polynomials are scarce. Before this paper, only three families were known for infinitely many nnn:

  • 2000. The monomials xqsx^{q^s}xqs with gcd⁡(s,n)=1\gcd(s, n) = 1gcd(s,n)=1 (pseudoregulus type). Blokhuis and Lavrauw (2000) proved that a scattered linear set of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) has rank at most nnn.
  • 2001, 2016. The binomials δxqs+xqn−s\delta x^{q^s} + x^{q^{n-s}}δxqs+xqn−s with Nqn/q(δ)∉{0,1}N_{q^n/q}(\delta) \notin \{0, 1\}Nqn/q​(δ)∈/{0,1} (Lunardon–Polverino 2001, Sheekey 2016).
  • 2021. For qqq odd and n=2tn = 2tn=2t, the polynomial 12(xq+xqt−1−xqt+1+xq2t−1)\tfrac12(x^q + x^{q^{t-1}} - x^{q^{t+1}} + x^{q^{2t-1}})21​(xq+xqt−1−xqt+1+xq2t−1) and its variants (Longobardi–Zanella 2021).
  • 2018–2020. Further families exist only for n∈{6,8}n \in \{6, 8\}n∈{6,8} (Csajbók–Marino–Polverino–Zanella 2018; Csajbók–Marino–Zullo 2018; Bartoli–Zanella–Zullo 2020). Asymptotic classification results suggest that scattered polynomials are rare (Bartoli–Zhou 2018).

Longobardi, Marino, Trombetti and Zhou construct a fourth family, defined for every even n≥6n \ge 6n≥6 and odd qqq. This mission formalizes that construction, Theorem 3.1 of the paper.

Setting

Let ppp be an odd prime, r≥1r \ge 1r≥1, q=prq = p^rq=pr, t≥3t \ge 3t≥3 and n=2tn = 2tn=2t. Let F=FqnF = \mathbb F_{q^n}F=Fqn​ be the finite field of order q2tq^{2t}q2t. For m∣nm \mid nm∣n, write Fqm\mathbb F_{q^m}Fqm​ for its subfield of order qmq^mqm, the set of xxx with xqm=xx^{q^m} = xxqm=x.

A qqq-polynomial over FFF is a map f(x)=∑i=0n−1cixqif(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} c_i x^{q^i}f(x)=∑i=0n−1​ci​xqi with ci∈Fc_i \in Fci​∈F. It is Fq\mathbb F_qFq​-linear. Its graph Uf={(x,f(x)):x∈F}U_f = \{(x, f(x)) : x \in F\}Uf​={(x,f(x)):x∈F} is an nnn-dimensional Fq\mathbb F_qFq​-subspace of F2F^2F2, and it defines the linear set Lf={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn:x∈F∗}L_f = \{\langle (x, f(x))\rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}} : x \in F^*\}Lf​={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn​​:x∈F∗} of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn).

The polynomial fff is scattered when, for all z,y∈F∗z, y \in F^*z,y∈F∗,

f(z)z=f(y)y⟹z and y are Fq-linearly dependent.\frac{f(z)}{z} = \frac{f(y)}{y} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad z \text{ and } y \text{ are } \mathbb F_q\text{-linearly dependent.}zf(z)​=yf(y)​⟹z and y are Fq​-linearly dependent.

Equivalently, LfL_fLf​ has the maximum size (qn−1)/(q−1)(q^n - 1)/(q - 1)(qn−1)/(q−1).

Fix h∈Fh \in Fh∈F with hqt+1=−1h^{q^t + 1} = -1hqt+1=−1. The paper's polynomial is

ψh,t(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1.\psi_{h,t}(x) = x^q + x^{q^{t-1}} - h^{1-q^{t+1}} x^{q^{t+1}} + h^{1-q^{2t-1}} x^{q^{2t-1}}.ψh,t​(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1.

The proof splits it as ψh,t=L+M\psi_{h,t} = L + Mψh,t​=L+M with

L(x)=xq−h1−qt+1xqt+1,M(x)=xqt−1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1,L(x) = x^q - h^{1-q^{t+1}} x^{q^{t+1}}, \qquad M(x) = x^{q^{t-1}} + h^{1-q^{2t-1}} x^{q^{2t-1}},L(x)=xq−h1−qt+1xqt+1,M(x)=xqt−1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1,

and it also uses the Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-linear maps R(x)=xqt+hqt−1−qxR(x) = x^{q^t} + h^{q^{t-1}-q} xR(x)=xqt+hqt−1−qx and T(x)=xqt+hq−qt−1xT(x) = x^{q^t} + h^{q-q^{t-1}} xT(x)=xqt+hq−qt−1x. The Lean development uses the same letters: psi, Lmap, Mmap, Rmap, Tmap, IsScatteredPoly, qpoly, graph.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For qqq odd, n=2tn = 2tn=2t, t≥3t \ge 3t≥3, and every h∈Fqn∖Fqth \in \mathbb F_{q^n} \setminus \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈Fqn​∖Fqt​ with hqt+1=−1h^{q^t+1} = -1hqt+1=−1,

∀z,y∈Fqn∗:ψh,t(z)z=ψh,t(y)y  ⟹  ∃c∈Fq, z=c y.\forall z, y \in \mathbb F_{q^n}^* :\quad \frac{\psi_{h,t}(z)}{z} = \frac{\psi_{h,t}(y)}{y} \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists c \in \mathbb F_q,\ z = c\,y .∀z,y∈Fqn∗​:zψh,t​(z)​=yψh,t​(y)​⟹∃c∈Fq​, z=cy.

Milestones

  1. The equivalence of three conditions (§1, p. 2): LfL_fLf​ is scattered; fff is scattered; and f(γx)=γf(x)f(\gamma x) = \gamma f(x)f(γx)=γf(x) with x≠0x \neq 0x=0 forces γ∈Fq\gamma \in \mathbb F_qγ∈Fq​.
  2. Proposition 3.2: hqt+1=−1h^{q^t+1} = -1hqt+1=−1 implies hq2+1≠1h^{q^2+1} \neq 1hq2+1=1 and hqt−2≠−hh^{q^{t-2}} \neq -hhqt−2=−h.
  3. LLL and MMM are Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-semilinear (p. 7).
  4. The kernels of LLL and MMM, displays (4)–(5), are 1-dimensional Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-subspaces.
  5. The images of LLL and MMM, displays (6)–(7), are 1-dimensional Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-subspaces.
  6. Proposition 3.3: Fqn=ker⁡L⊕ker⁡M=im⁡L⊕im⁡M\mathbb F_{q^n} = \ker L \oplus \ker M = \operatorname{im} L \oplus \operatorname{im} MFqn​=kerL⊕kerM=imL⊕imM.
  7. dim⁡ker⁡R=dim⁡ker⁡T=1\dim \ker R = \dim \ker T = 1dimkerR=dimkerT=1 and ker⁡T=hqt−1−qker⁡R\ker T = h^{q^{t-1}-q}\ker RkerT=hqt−1−qkerR (p. 8).
  8. Lemma 3.4: the Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-bases {1,ρ}\{1, \rho\}{1,ρ}, {1,τ}\{1, \tau\}{1,τ} and the change of components (9).
  9. Proposition 3.5: a∈ker⁡R  ⟺  av∈ker⁡L  ⟺  aM(u)∈im⁡La \in \ker R \iff av \in \ker L \iff aM(u) \in \operatorname{im} La∈kerR⟺av∈kerL⟺aM(u)∈imL.
  10. Proposition 3.6: b∈ker⁡T  ⟺  bu∈ker⁡M  ⟺  bL(v)∈im⁡Mb \in \ker T \iff bu \in \ker M \iff bL(v) \in \operatorname{im} Mb∈kerT⟺bu∈kerM⟺bL(v)∈imM.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.1 produces, for every odd qqq and even n≥6n \ge 6n≥6, maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) and MRD codes of Fqn×n\mathbb F_q^{n \times n}Fqn×n​ with minimum distance n−1n - 1n−1. For t=3t = 3t=3 the polynomials ψh,3\psi_{h,3}ψh,3​ are those of Bartoli, Zanella and Zullo. If hhh were allowed in Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​, then h∈Fq2h \in \mathbb F_{q^2}h∈Fq2​ and ψh,t\psi_{h,t}ψh,t​ would reduce to the Longobardi–Zanella polynomials (p. 6). The second half of the paper (Theorem 5.1, a companion mission) shows that for t>4t > 4t>4 the family contains a number of PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-inequivalent members that grows exponentially in nnn. Every previously known family contributes fewer than q2φ(n)/2q^2\varphi(n)/2q2φ(n)/2 classes.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a complete published proof. No scattered polynomial, linear set of the projective line or linearized-polynomial kernel computation is formalized on the platform, and none appears in Mathlib. The work is to formalize the paper's proof: the semilinear-algebra lemmas of §3 and the case analysis that follows them. The milestones are reusable statements about qqq-polynomials of Fq2t\mathbb F_{q^{2t}}Fq2t​ seen as an Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-plane.

Difficulty

Writing ψh,t(γx)=γψh,t(x)\psi_{h,t}(\gamma x) = \gamma \psi_{h,t}(x)ψh,t​(γx)=γψh,t​(x) out coefficient by coefficient gives a system in xxx and γ\gammaγ with exponents q,qt±1,q2t−1q, q^{t\pm1}, q^{2t-1}q,qt±1,q2t−1 that does not separate directly. The paper's route goes through two Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-direct-sum decompositions of Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​ and two changes of Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-basis. Each identity involves negative powers of hhh and holds only through hqt+1=−1h^{q^t+1} = -1hqt+1=−1 and the parity of qqq. The hypothesis h∉Fqth \notin \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈/Fqt​ enters only at the end, and a formalization must carry the arithmetic of the exponent towers modulo q2t−1q^{2t} - 1q2t−1 throughout. The tempting shortcut, checking the statement on a few small fields, proves nothing: the theorem is uniform in qqq and ttt.

Formalization scope

  • Field. FFF is a finite field with CharP F p, p prime, Odd p, q=prq = p^rq=pr with r≥1r \ge 1r≥1 (an explicit q with hq : q = p ^ r), and Fintype.card F = q ^ (2 * t). So FFF is Fq2t\mathbb F_{q^{2t}}Fq2t​ up to isomorphism, and no particular model is chosen.
  • Subfields. Fq\mathbb F_qFq​ and Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​ are the fixed fields of x↦xqx \mapsto x^qx↦xq and x↦xqtx \mapsto x^{q^t}x↦xqt, taken from the published definition ScatCaps.LinearSets.subfieldOf F p r m.
  • Scattered. "Scattered" is the literal definition of p. 2, with z,yz, yz,y ranging over all of F∗F^*F∗. The scattered-linear-set side of milestone 1 uses the published weight-one predicate ScatCaps.LinearSets.IsScattered, which is equivalent to the cardinality definition of p. 1.
  • Powers of hhh. A negative or difference power of hhh is written as a field quotient, e.g. h1−qt+1h^{1-q^{t+1}}h1−qt+1 as h / h ^ q ^ (t+1). This is exact because hqt+1=−1h^{q^t+1} = -1hqt+1=−1 forces h≠0h \neq 0h=0. Natural-number subtractions in exponents (t−1t-1t−1, 2t−12t-12t−1, 3t−23t-23t−2) are exact in the stated ranges.
  • Linear-algebra encodings. "1-dimensional Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-subspace" means closed under addition and Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-scalars, containing 000, and of cardinality ∣Fqt∣|\mathbb F_{q^t}|∣Fqt​∣ (published IsFqSubspace, HasRank). A direct sum is stated as unique decomposition, and an Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-basis {1,ρ}\{1, \rho\}{1,ρ} as unique representation λ+μρ\lambda + \mu\rhoλ+μρ with λ,μ∈Fqt\lambda, \mu \in \mathbb F_{q^t}λ,μ∈Fqt​.
  • Pinned readings. (1) The standing hypotheses of §3 (qqq odd, n=2tn = 2tn=2t, t≥3t \ge 3t≥3, hqt+1=−1h^{q^t+1} = -1hqt+1=−1) are carried into every §3 lemma, even where its printed statement omits them. h∉Fqth \notin \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈/Fqt​ is added only to Theorem 3.1, because the lemmas do not use it. (2) Proposition 3.2 is printed with t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 and without "qqq odd". "qqq odd" is added (its proof uses it, and qqq even gives a counterexample), and hqt−2h^{q^{t-2}}hqt−2 is read as hq3t−2h^{q^{3t-2}}hq3t−2, which is equal to it for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 and defined at t=1t = 1t=1.
  • Ruling out trivial versions. A formalization in which Fq\mathbb F_qFq​ is the whole field (every map is then "scattered"), in which γ\gammaγ or z,yz, yz,y range only over a subfield, or in which h1−qt+1h^{1-q^{t+1}}h1−qt+1 is a truncated natural-number power, would not state the theorem. The statements here quantify over all of F∗F^*F∗ and conclude membership in the fixed field of x↦xqx \mapsto x^qx↦xq.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs: Frobenius iterates on finite fields, fixed fields and their cardinalities, kernels and images of Fqt\mathbb F_{q^t}Fqt​-semilinear maps of Fq2t\mathbb F_{q^{2t}}Fq2t​, and the solution count of xqt−1=cx^{q^t - 1} = cxqt−1=c. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Longobardi, G. Marino, R. Trombetti, Y. Zhou, A large family of maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1, q^n) and their associated MRD codes, arXiv:2102.08287v3, 2021 (Combinatorica 43, 2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/2102.08287v3
  • A. Blokhuis, M. Lavrauw, Scattered spaces with respect to a spread in PG(n, q), Geometriae Dedicata 81, 2000.
  • G. Lunardon, O. Polverino, Blocking sets and derivable partial spreads, J. Algebraic Combin. 14, 2001.
  • J. Sheekey, A new family of linear maximum rank distance codes, Adv. Math. Commun. 10(3), 2016.
  • G. Longobardi, C. Zanella, Linear sets and MRD-codes arising from a class of scattered linearized polynomials, J. Algebraic Combin., 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10801-020-01011-9
  • D. Bartoli, C. Zanella, F. Zullo, A new family of maximum scattered linear sets in PG(1, q^6), Ars Math. Contemp. 19(1), 2020.
  • B. Csajbók, G. Marino, O. Polverino, C. Zanella, A new family of MRD-codes, Linear Algebra Appl. 548, 2018.
  • B. Csajbók, G. Marino, F. Zullo, New maximum scattered linear sets of the projective line, Finite Fields Appl. 54, 2018.
  • D. Bartoli, Y. Zhou, Exceptional scattered polynomials, J. Algebra 509, 2018.
  • M. Lavrauw, G. Van de Voorde, Field reduction and linear sets in finite geometry, Contemp. Math. 632, AMS, 2015, pp. 271–293.
  • O. Polverino, Linear sets in finite projective spaces, Discrete Math. (22): 3096–3107, 2010.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 2: If a Hypergraph Is Not β-Acyclic, Its Multilinear Polytope Is Strictly Contained in the Running Intersection RelaxationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many nonconvex optimization problems in binary variables have a polynomial objective or polynomial constraints. The standard way to bring them into the reach of linear and mixed-integer programming solvers is to introduce one new variable per monomial and to study the convex hull of the resulting set of feasible 0/1 vectors, the multilinear polytope. Strong linear descriptions of this polytope translate directly into tighter relaxations in global solvers such as BARON, which is where the inequalities of this mission were tested (Del Pia and Khajavirad 2021, §2.5).

The multilinear polytope of a general hypergraph has no compact description, so the question is for which hypergraphs a given family of inequalities is enough. The quadratic case is classical: the Boolean quadric polytope of a graph (Padberg 1989) is described by its standard linearization exactly when the graph is a forest, and the odd-cycle inequalities are the first facets that appear on a cycle. For higher-degree monomials, Del Pia and Khajavirad showed in 2018 that their flower relaxation is exact if and only if the hypergraph is γ-acyclic. The 2021 paper introduces the stronger running intersection relaxation and asks the same question for it. This mission formalizes the necessary condition the paper proves: the relaxation cannot be exact unless the hypergraph is β-acyclic.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) is a finite node set VVV with a set EEE of subsets of VVV of size at least two (no loops, no parallel edges). Its multilinear set is

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze=∏v∈ezv  ∀e∈E},\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}: z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \ \forall e\in E\Big\},SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze​=v∈e∏​zv​  ∀e∈E},

and the multilinear polytope is MPG=conv⁡SG\mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_GMPG​=convSG​. The standard linearization is

MPGLP={z:zv≤1 ∀v; ze≥0, ze≥∑v∈ezv−∣e∣+1 ∀e; ze≤zv ∀e, v∈e}.\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_G=\Big\{z: z_v\le 1\ \forall v;\ z_e\ge 0,\ z_e\ge\sum_{v\in e}z_v-|e|+1\ \forall e;\ z_e\le z_v\ \forall e,\ v\in e\Big\}.MPGLP​={z:zv​≤1 ∀v; ze​≥0, ze​≥v∈e∑​zv​−∣e∣+1 ∀e; ze​≤zv​ ∀e, v∈e}.

An ordering p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ of a multiset of sets is a running intersection ordering if each pkp_kpk​, k≥2k\ge2k≥2, meets the union of its predecessors inside a single predecessor pjp_jpj​; it induces N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅ and N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​. A running intersection inequality has a center e0∈Ee_0\in Ee0​∈E, neighbors eke_kek​ (k∈Kk\in Kk∈K) meeting e0e_0e0​ such that E~={e0∩ek}\tilde E=\{e_0\cap e_k\}E~={e0​∩ek​} admits a running intersection ordering, and nodes uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​) when these sets are nonempty:

−∑k: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0≤ω−1,-\sum_{k:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\ne\emptyset}z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_k e_k}z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\le\omega-1,−k:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​≤ω−1,

with ω\omegaω the number of connected components of (e0,E~)(e_0,\tilde E)(e0​,E~). The running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ is MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ together with all these inequalities.

A β-cycle of length t≥3t\ge3t≥3 is a sequence v1,e1,…,vt,et,v1v_1,e_1,\dots,v_t,e_t,v_1v1​,e1​,…,vt​,et​,v1​ of distinct nodes and distinct edges in which each viv_ivi​ lies in ei−1e_{i-1}ei−1​ and eie_iei​ and in no other eje_jej​; GGG is β-acyclic if it has none. For W⊆VW\subseteq VW⊆V the subhypergraph GWG_WGW​ has node set WWW and edges {e∩W:∣e∩W∣≥2}\{e\cap W: |e\cap W|\ge2\}{e∩W:∣e∩W∣≥2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

G not β-acyclic ⟹ MPG⊊MPGRI.G\ \text{not β-acyclic}\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathrm{MP}_G\subsetneq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G .G not β-acyclic ⟹ MPG​⊊MPGRI​.

The milestones follow the paper's proof, in order:

  1. MPG⊆MPGLP\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPG​⊆MPGLP​ (p. 1014) and validity of every running intersection inequality (Proposition 1), giving MPG⊆MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​⊆MPGRI​.
  2. Lemma 3: β-cycles of GV′G_{V'}GV′​ lift to β-cycles of GGG of the same length.
  3. Lemma 5: MPGVˉ=projGVˉ(MPG∩LVˉ)\mathrm{MP}_{G_{\bar V}}=\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}(\mathrm{MP}_G\cap L_{\bar V})MPGVˉ​​=projGVˉ​​(MPG​∩LVˉ​), with LVˉ={z:zv=1 ∀v∉Vˉ}L_{\bar V}=\{z: z_v=1\ \forall v\notin\bar V\}LVˉ​={z:zv​=1 ∀v∈/Vˉ}.
  4. Lemma 6: MPGVˉRI⊆projGVˉ(MPGRI∩LVˉ)\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G_{\bar V}}\subseteq\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}(\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\cap L_{\bar V})MPGVˉ​RI​⊆projGVˉ​​(MPGRI​∩LVˉ​).
  5. The reduction: strictness for GWG_WGW​ implies strictness for GGG.
  6. For a shortest β-cycle CCC, GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​ is a chordless cycle, possibly enclosed by the edge V(C)V(C)V(C).
  7. Strictness for a chordless cycle.
  8. Strictness for a chordless cycle enclosed by the edge V(C)V(C)V(C).

Significance

The result is one half of the paper's picture of when the running intersection relaxation is exact. Proposition 5 shows β-acyclicity is necessary; Theorem 3 of the paper shows that kite-free β-acyclicity is sufficient; Example 2 shows β-acyclicity alone is not. Combined with the 2018 characterization of the flower relaxation by γ-acyclicity, it places the running intersection relaxation strictly between two acyclicity notions and tells a solver designer that on hypergraphs with β-cycles some other family of cuts (for instance odd-cycle-type inequalities lifted from Padberg's) is unavoidable.

The intermediate results are reusable on their own. Lemma 5 is a general statement that multilinear polytopes of induced subhypergraphs are projections of faces, and Lemma 3 with the shortest-cycle structure step is pure hypergraph combinatorics.

The result is proved in the paper. No part of it, nor the multilinear polytope, nor the Boolean quadric polytope, is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the platform showed. Lemma 6 is stated in the paper without proof, and the two strictness cases are justified there by "it can be checked" and by a citation of Padberg; a formal proof closes these gaps.

Difficulty

The obvious argument exhibits a point of MPGRI∖MPG\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\setminus\mathrm{MP}_GMPGRI​∖MPG​ directly from a β-cycle of GGG. This fails because a β-cycle of GGG is surrounded by arbitrary other edges, which contribute running intersection inequalities that can cut off any candidate point. The paper's route is to pass to the subhypergraph induced by the cycle's nodes, and that step requires two facts with real content: the projection lemmas (Lemma 6 is an inclusion between relaxations defined by different families of inequalities), and the structure of GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​, which holds only for a shortest β-cycle. A long β-cycle can have chords in GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​.

Strictness on the two small families requires a point, or an inequality, separating MP\mathrm{MP}MP from MPRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}MPRI. That means controlling every running intersection inequality of the cycle, over all centers, neighbor sets, orderings and choices of uku_kuk​, and also checking that the separating inequality is valid for MP\mathrm{MP}MP.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Nodes are elements of a finite type α with decidable equality. Hypergraphs carry their node set and their edge set as Finsets, with every edge of size at least two.
  • Points of RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E are functions α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, and every polytope of GGG is pinned to zero off GGG's own coordinates, so polytopes of different hypergraphs, and the projection projGVˉ\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}projGVˉ​​, live in one space.
  • MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ is exactly (8), with no row zv≥0z_v\ge0zv​≥0.
  • MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ quantifies over all centers, all sets of distinct neighbors other than e0e_0e0​, all running intersection orderings and all choices of uku_kuk​.
  • ω\omegaω is the number of connected components of the 2-section graph on e0e_0e0​.
  • Orderings and cycles are 0-indexed.
  • The projection takes the choice e′(f)e'(f)e′(f) of an edge of GGG with trace fff as an argument, and Lemmas 5 and 6 hold for every choice.
  • The strict inclusion ⊂\subset⊂ of the paper is Lean's ⊂ (⊆\subseteq⊆ and ≠\ne=).

There is one disclosed addition. Lemma 6 and the reduction step assume that GVˉG_{\bar V}GVˉ​ has no isolated node. Without it both statements are false: since (8) has no lower bound on zvz_vzv​, a node isolated in GVˉG_{\bar V}GVˉ​ is unbounded below in MPGVˉRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G_{\bar V}}MPGVˉ​RI​. The paper uses them only for Vˉ=V(C)\bar V=V(C)Vˉ=V(C), where the hypothesis holds. The goal itself carries no added hypothesis.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. A relaxation missing some running intersection inequalities (a fixed ordering, a fixed uku_kuk​, a fixed neighbor set) would make strictness easier, and an empty or mis-pinned relaxation would make the inclusion false. The definitions here take the full family.

A complete development needs:

  • convex hulls of finite point sets and separation of a point from them;
  • connected components of the 2-section graph;
  • running intersection orderings;
  • the combinatorics of β-cycles.

The β-cycle and subhypergraph material and Lemma 5 are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on alternative proofs of the two strictness cases (for instance by an explicit fractional point), and on a proof of Lemma 6.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, A polyhedral study of binary polynomial programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 42(2):389–410, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0804
  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • M. Padberg, The Boolean quadric polytope: some characteristics, facets and relatives, Mathematical Programming 45:139–172, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01589101
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier and M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, Journal of the ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 1: For Kite-Free β-Acyclic Hypergraphs the Running Intersection Relaxation Equals the Multilinear PolytopeResearch Paper

Motivation

Binary polynomial optimization asks to minimize a polynomial over {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n. The standard way to attack it with linear programming is to introduce one variable zez_eze​ for every monomial ∏v∈ezv\prod_{v\in e} z_v∏v∈e​zv​ and to work with the convex hull of the resulting set of binary points. This convex hull, the multilinear polytope, is the object behind the cutting planes that global solvers such as BARON add at every node of a branch-and-bound tree, and in general its facets are as hard to describe as the original problem is to solve. The useful theory is therefore structural: which hypergraphs of monomials give multilinear polytopes with an explicit, combinatorial description.

A line of work by Del Pia and Khajavirad answers this for increasingly general classes of acyclic hypergraphs: Berge-acyclic and γ-acyclic hypergraphs via flower inequalities (SIAM J. Optim. 2018), sufficient conditions for decomposing multilinear sets (Math. Program. 2018), and, in the paper this mission formalizes (Math. Oper. Res. 2021), the running intersection inequalities, a generalization of flower inequalities that does not need γ-acyclicity. The paper reports that adding these cuts reduces BARON's root-node relaxation gap by more than 95% on most of 35 computer-vision instances.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has a finite node set VVV and a set EEE of subsets of VVV, each with at least two nodes. Points live in RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E, one coordinate per node and per edge. The multilinear set and multilinear polytope are

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze=∏v∈ezv ∀e∈E},MPG=conv⁡SG.\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}: z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \forall e\in E\Big\},\qquad \mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_G .SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze​=v∈e∏​zv​ ∀e∈E},MPG​=convSG​.

The standard linearization MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ replaces each equation ze=∏v∈ezvz_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_vze​=∏v∈e​zv​ by its convex hull over the unit cube: zv≤1z_v\le 1zv​≤1, ze≥0z_e\ge 0ze​≥0, ze≥∑v∈ezv−∣e∣+1z_e\ge\sum_{v\in e}z_v-|e|+1ze​≥∑v∈e​zv​−∣e∣+1 and ze≤zvz_e\le z_vze​≤zv​ for v∈ev\in ev∈e.

An ordering p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ of a family of sets is a running intersection ordering if each pkp_kpk​ meets the union of its predecessors inside a single predecessor pjp_jpj​; write N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​ and N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅. Given a center edge e0e_0e0​ and neighbor edges eke_kek​, k∈Kk\in Kk∈K, meeting e0e_0e0​ such that the sets e0∩eke_0\cap e_ke0​∩ek​ admit a running intersection ordering, and nodes uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​) wherever this set is nonempty, the running intersection inequality is

−∑k: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0≤ω−1,-\sum_{k:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset}z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_k e_k}z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\le\omega-1,−k:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​≤ω−1,

with ω\omegaω the number of connected components of the hypergraph on e0e_0e0​ with edges e0∩eke_0\cap e_ke0​∩ek​. The running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ is MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ together with all these inequalities.

A β-cycle is a cyclic sequence of t≥3t\ge 3t≥3 distinct nodes and distinct edges v1,e1,…,vt,etv_1,e_1,\dots,v_t,e_tv1​,e1​,…,vt​,et​ in which viv_ivi​ lies in ei−1e_{i-1}ei−1​ and eie_iei​ and in no other edge of the cycle; GGG is β-acyclic if it has none. A kite is three edges e0,e1,e2e_0,e_1,e_2e0​,e1​,e2​ with ∣e0∩e1∩e2∣≥2|e_0\cap e_1\cap e_2|\ge 2∣e0​∩e1​∩e2​∣≥2, (e0∩e1)∖e2≠∅(e_0\cap e_1)\setminus e_2\ne\emptyset(e0​∩e1​)∖e2​=∅ and (e0∩e2)∖e1≠∅(e_0\cap e_2)\setminus e_1\ne\emptyset(e0​∩e2​)∖e1​=∅; GGG is kite-free if it has none. GGG is two-laminar if any two distinct edges sharing at least two nodes are strictly nested.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 1023)

For every kite-free β-acyclic hypergraph GGG without isolated nodes,

MPG=MPGRI.\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G .MPG​=MPGRI​.

Milestones

In attack order: validity of the inequalities (Proposition 1); heredity of β-acyclicity (Lemma 3); kite-free implies edge-induced subhypergraphs are two-laminar (Lemma 7); β-acyclicity as the running intersection property of every edge subset (Lemma 4); the explicit facet description of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for two-laminar β-acyclic GGG by system (20) (Proposition 6) and its consequence MPG=MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​=MPGRI​ there (Corollary 3); the decomposition theorem for multilinear sets (Theorem 1); and five steps of the inductive proof of Theorem 3 in §5.3: GωG_\omegaGω​ is kite-free β-acyclic with one maximal edge fewer, the inductive step MPG+=MPG+RI\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G^+}MPG+​=MPG+RI​, Claim 14 on partial hypergraphs, the projection MPG=proj MPG+\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{proj}\,\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}MPG​=projMPG+​, and the Fourier–Motzkin step MPGRI⊆proj MPG+RI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\subseteq\mathrm{proj}\,\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G^+}MPGRI​⊆projMPG+RI​.

Companions

Theorem 2 (p. 1022), the polynomial-size extended formulation MPG+=⋂iMPGi+\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}=\bigcap_{i}\mathrm{MP}_{G^+_i}MPG+​=⋂i​MPGi+​​ over the maximal edges, and the form (19) taken by running intersection inequalities in kite-free β-acyclic hypergraphs.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives a description of the multilinear polytope in the original space, by inequalities defined combinatorially from the hypergraph, for a class that strictly contains the γ-acyclic hypergraphs covered by flower inequalities. With Theorem 2 it implies that linear optimization and separation over MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ are polynomial for kite-free β-acyclic hypergraphs, and that separation can be done without the ellipsoid method. The paper also shows (Proposition 5, a separate mission of this series) that β-acyclicity is necessary for MPG=MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​=MPGRI​, so the characterization sits close to the boundary of what such relaxations can achieve.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper; none is machine-checked. A complete development would be the first formal treatment of hypergraph acyclicity degrees and of multilinear polytopes, and would include a formal Fourier–Motzkin elimination argument on a structured polytope.

Difficulty

The inclusion MPG⊆MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​⊆MPGRI​ is a validity check. The reverse inclusion is the content. A direct argument through integrality fails: for two-laminar β-acyclic hypergraphs, facets have general integer coefficients, so total unimodularity and balancedness arguments used for laminar hypergraphs do not apply. The decomposition step is also harder than in earlier work: the shared part of the two pieces may be an edge whose nodes are only partly covered by edges of one side, so a point cannot be written by pairing one vertex of each side. Finally, the induction lifts to G+G^+G+, which has an extra variable, and the projection back must be shown to produce only running intersection inequalities, which requires recognizing every Fourier–Motzkin combination as one.

Formalization scope

Nodes form a type α with Fintype and DecidableEq; a point is a function z : α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, and every polytope of a hypergraph vanishes off that hypergraph's coordinates, so that polytopes of different hypergraphs, lifts and projections are literal sets in one space. Hypergraphs have no loops or parallel edges, as the paper assumes. Orderings are lists, 0-based. The relaxation quantifies over every center, every neighbor set, every running intersection ordering and every choice of the nodes uku_kuk​; the number of components counts isolated nodes and ignores loops. The standard linearization has no row zv≥0z_v\ge 0zv​≥0, exactly as printed.

One hypothesis is added to the paper: no isolated nodes, on Theorem 3, Corollary 3, Theorem 2 and the inductive step. It is necessary: for V={a,b,c}V=\{a,b,c\}V={a,b,c}, E={{a,b}}E=\{\{a,b\}\}E={{a,b}} the point with zc=−1z_c=-1zc​=−1 and all other coordinates 000 lies in MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ but not in MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​. No other result carries it.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out by construction: restricting the relaxation to one fixed ordering or choice of uku_kuk​ would make the goal false rather than easy, and the goal is an equality of sets, not an inclusion.

A complete development needs: convex hulls of finite sets of 0/1 points, hypergraph connectivity, β-acyclicity and the running intersection property (Lemma 4 is a classical database-theory theorem of Beeri, Fagin, Maier and Yannakakis), and Fourier–Motzkin elimination. The hypergraph acyclicity layer is reusable beyond this mission, including by the two other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone, and of reusable lemmas on hypergraph acyclicity, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Math. Oper. Res. 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM J. Optim. 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, On decomposability of multilinear sets, Math. Program. 170(2):387–415, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1158-y
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier, M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
  • R. Fagin, Degrees of acyclicity for hypergraphs and relational database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):514–550, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322390
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 3: Running Intersection Inequalities Meeting Three Support Conditions Define Facets of the Multilinear PolytopeResearch Paper

Motivation

Binary polynomial optimization asks for the maximum of a polynomial over {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n. Linearizing each monomial ∏v∈ezv\prod_{v\in e}z_v∏v∈e​zv​ by a new variable zez_eze​ turns the problem into a linear program over the convex hull of a set of 0/1 points, the multilinear polytope of the hypergraph whose edges are the monomials. Global solvers such as BARON build polyhedral relaxations of this polytope at every node of their branch-and-bound trees, so valid inequalities that are as strong as possible, that is, facet-defining, translate directly into smaller root gaps.

Del Pia and Khajavirad introduced running intersection inequalities in The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope (Math. Oper. Res. 46 (2021) 1008–1037, doi:10.1287/moor.2021.1121). They generalize the flower inequalities of the same authors (SIAM J. Optim. 2018), which are facet-defining when the support hypergraph is γ\gammaγ-acyclic, to support hypergraphs that are not. This mission formalizes the paper's sufficient condition for a running intersection inequality to define a facet (§2.4, Proposition 4) together with the structural results it rests on.

Timeline. Crama (1993) studied the standard linearization; Del Pia and Khajavirad (2017, Math. Oper. Res.) proved that the multilinear polytope is full dimensional and gave lifting theorems for facets; flower inequalities followed in 2018; running intersection inequalities and the facet conditions formalized here appeared in 2021.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has a finite node set VVV and a set EEE of subsets of VVV of cardinality at least two. Its multilinear set is

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E: ze=∏v∈ezv  ∀e∈E},\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}:\ z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \ \forall e\in E\Big\},SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E: ze​=v∈e∏​zv​  ∀e∈E},

and its multilinear polytope is MPG=conv⁡SG\mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_GMPG​=convSG​.

A multiset FFF of sets has the running intersection property if its elements can be ordered p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ so that each pk∩(p1∪⋯∪pk−1)p_k\cap(p_1\cup\dots\cup p_{k-1})pk​∩(p1​∪⋯∪pk−1​), k≥2k\ge 2k≥2, is contained in a single earlier pjp_jpj​. Such an ordering defines N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅ and N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​. A leaf of FFF is an element that comes last in some such ordering.

Fix an edge e0e_0e0​ (the center) and edges eke_kek​, k∈Kk\in Kk∈K, adjacent to e0e_0e0​ (the neighbors), such that the multiset E~={e0∩ek:k∈K}\tilde E=\{e_0\cap e_k:k\in K\}E~={e0​∩ek​:k∈K} has the running intersection property. Choose an ordering of E~\tilde EE~, and for each kkk with N(e0∩ek)≠∅N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptysetN(e0​∩ek​)=∅ a node uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​). The running intersection inequality is

−∑k∈K: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0 ≤ ω−1,-\sum_{k\in K:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset} z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_{k}e_k} z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\ \le\ \omega-1,−k∈K:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​ ≤ ω−1,

where ω\omegaω is the number of connected components of the hypergraph G~=(e0,E~)\tilde G=(e_0,\tilde E)G~=(e0​,E~). Its support hypergraph GGG has node set e0∪⋃keke_0\cup\bigcup_k e_ke0​∪⋃k​ek​ and edge set {e0}∪{ek:k∈K}\{e_0\}\cup\{e_k:k\in K\}{e0​}∪{ek​:k∈K}. An inequality defines a facet of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ if it is valid and the face it cuts out is nonempty of dimension dim⁡MPG−1\dim\mathrm{MP}_G-1dimMPG​−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 (p. 1016)

Assume

  1. ∣e0∩ek∣≥2|e_0\cap e_k|\ge 2∣e0​∩ek​∣≥2 for every k∈Kk\in Kk∈K;
  2. for every K′⊆KK'\subseteq KK′⊆K with e0∩⋂k∈K′ek≠∅e_0\cap\bigcap_{k\in K'}e_k\neq\emptysete0​∩⋂k∈K′​ek​=∅:  e0∩(ei∖⋃k∈K′∖{i}ek)≠∅\ e_0\cap\big(e_i\setminus\bigcup_{k\in K'\setminus\{i\}}e_k\big)\neq\emptyset e0​∩(ei​∖⋃k∈K′∖{i}​ek​)=∅ for all i∈K′i\in K'i∈K′;
  3. each nonempty N(e0∩ek)N(e_0\cap e_k)N(e0​∩ek​) meets U={uk:N(e0∩ek)≠∅}U=\{u_k: N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset\}U={uk​:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅} in exactly one node.

Then the running intersection inequality defines a facet of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for its support hypergraph GGG.

Milestones

Lemma 1 (p. 1011, leaves and reorderings), Lemma 2 (p. 1011, components =n0+∣{e:N(e)=∅}∣=n_0+|\{e:N(e)=\emptyset\}|=n0​+∣{e:N(e)=∅}∣), Proposition 1 (p. 1012, validity), and the full dimensionality of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ (cited on p. 1016 from [12]):

dim⁡MPG=∣V∣+∣E∣.\dim\mathrm{MP}_G=|V|+|E|.dimMPG​=∣V∣+∣E∣.

Companions

Corollary 2 (p. 1017): ∣e0∩ek∣≥2|e_0\cap e_k|\ge 2∣e0​∩ek​∣≥2 and ∣e0∩ek∩ek′∣≤1|e_0\cap e_k\cap e_{k'}|\le 1∣e0​∩ek​∩ek′​∣≤1 for k≠k′k\neq k'k=k′ suffice. Proposition 2 and Corollary 1 (pp. 1013–1014): the multiset {N(e)}\{N(e)\}{N(e)}, hence the system of inequalities, does not depend on the ordering. Proposition 3 (p. 1014): necessary conditions for a facet of the running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​.

Significance

Proposition 4 certifies a large family of facets of multilinear polytopes whose support hypergraphs contain cycles that flower inequalities cannot handle. Together with the lifting theorems of Del Pia and Khajavirad (2017), it yields sufficient conditions under which these inequalities define facets of the multilinear polytope of general hypergraphs (p. 1015); §2.5 of the paper reports that running intersection cuts reduce BARON's root-node relaxation gap on image-restoration instances. Proposition 3 and Example 1 show that condition 1 is necessary while conditions 2–3 are not, so the result is a sufficient condition and not a characterization.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A Lean development would provide the first machine-checked library for the running intersection property (orderings, leaves, the multiset of NNN-sets), the connected-component count of Lemma 2, and the multilinear polytope as a convex hull with an exact dimension count, all reusable for the companion missions on the tightness of MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ for kite-free β\betaβ-acyclic hypergraphs and its strictness otherwise.

Difficulty

Validity (Proposition 1) decomposes over the connected components of G~\tilde GG~; the facet claim does not, because a face of codimension one is a global object and the neighbors of different components, and the nodes uku_kuk​ shared between neighbors, interact in it. Conditions 2 and 3 are exactly where this interaction is controlled, and Example 1 of the paper shows that dropping condition 3 does not destroy facetness, so no simple equivalence is available to fall back on. Formally, three nontrivial ingredients have no Mathlib counterpart: the combinatorics of running intersection orderings (Lemma 1, Proposition 2), the count of connected components of a hypergraph with loops and parallel edges (Lemma 2), and the affine dimension of a convex hull of 0/1 points in a space indexed by nodes and edges.

Formalization scope

Nodes form a finite type α; every hypergraph's space RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E lives inside α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, with the coordinates outside V+EV+EV+E pinned to 000 in the definition of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, so dim⁡MPG=∣V∣+∣E∣\dim\mathrm{MP}_G=|V|+|E|dimMPG​=∣V∣+∣E∣ is meaningful. Orderings are lists indexed from 000. The number of components is that of the 2-section graph on the node set. An inequality is given by its data: center, a set KKK of distinct neighbors other than e0e_0e0​, an ordering of KKK whose traces form a running intersection ordering of E~\tilde EE~, and the choice k↦ukk\mapsto u_kk↦uk​; the first sum runs over neighbors, so a node chosen for two neighbors has coefficient −2-2−2. "Defines a facet" requires a nonempty face and compares dimensions as dim⁡F+1=dim⁡P\dim F+1=\dim PdimF+1=dimP, so the empty face can never qualify and no truncated subtraction occurs. The facet statement is about MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for the support hypergraph only, not for a larger host hypergraph, which would require the lifting theorems. The reading k≠k′k\neq k'k=k′ is used where the page's "for all k,k′k,k'k,k′" would otherwise be contradictory (Corollary 2, Proposition 3(i)); Lemma 2 is stated for lists of nonempty sets, which covers its use on G~\tilde GG~.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a reusable library for the running intersection property and α\alphaα-acyclic hypergraphs, and the full-dimensionality proof.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Math. Oper. Res. 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, A polyhedral study of binary polynomial programs, Math. Oper. Res. 42(2):389–410, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0804
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM J. Optim. 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier, M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
  • Y. Crama, Concave extensions for nonlinear 0–1 maximization problems, Math. Programming 61:53–60, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582138
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability Results on the Circumference of a Graph 2: A 2-Connected G with δ ≥ k, Circumference 10 ≤ c < n and e(G) > max{f(n,k+1,c), f(n,⌊c/2⌋−1,c)} Lies in W_{n,k,c}, W_{n,⌊c/2⌋,c}, X∪Y or Z_{n,k,c}Research Paper

Motivation

How many edges can a graph have if it contains no long cycle? This Turán-type question for the circumference goes back to Erdős and Gallai (1959), who showed that an nnn-vertex graph with circumference ccc has at most c(n−1)/2c(n-1)/2c(n−1)/2 edges. For 2-connected graphs the answer is exact and the extremal graphs are known, so the natural next question is stability: what does a graph look like when its edge count is just below the extremal value? Such statements are the standard input for exact results via the stability method, and for counting and spectral variants of the original problem.

Timeline.

  • 1959. Erdős and Gallai prove e(G)≤c(G)(n−1)/2e(G)\le c(G)(n-1)/2e(G)≤c(G)(n−1)/2.
  • 1976. Woodall asks for a bound for 2-connected graphs that also takes the minimum degree kkk into account: e(G)≤max⁡{f(n,k,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)}e(G)\le\max\{f(n,k,c),f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c)\}e(G)≤max{f(n,k,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)} when c(G)=c≤n−1c(G)=c\le n-1c(G)=c≤n−1 and δ(G)≥k\delta(G)\ge kδ(G)≥k.
  • 1977. Kopylov proves the case without minimum degree, the bound max⁡{f(n,2,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)}\max\{f(n,2,c),f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c)\}max{f(n,2,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)} for 2-connected graphs. His proof can be modified to settle Woodall's question.
  • 2016–2018. Füredi, Kostochka, Verstraëte and Luo prove the stability version of Kopylov's theorem for 10≤c≤n−110\le c\le n-110≤c≤n−1. Above max⁡{f(n,3,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋−1,c)}\max\{f(n,3,c),f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor-1,c)\}max{f(n,3,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋−1,c)} edges, GGG lies in Wn,2,cW_{n,2,c}Wn,2,c​ or Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cW_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​, or, for odd ccc, in a member of two families Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​, Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​.
  • 2016–2017. Li and Ning, and independently Füredi, Kostochka and Luo, prove the stability version of Erdős's minimum-degree theorem for non-Hamiltonian graphs.
  • 2017–2020. Ma and Ning prove a stability version of Woodall's bound for every minimum degree kkk (arXiv:1708.00704; Combinatorica 2020). It unifies both previous stability results.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple, with vertex set {0,…,n−1}\{0,\dots,n-1\}{0,…,n−1}. The circumference c(G)c(G)c(G) is the length (number of edges) of a longest cycle. GGG is 2-connected if it has at least three vertices and stays connected after deleting any one vertex. δ(G)\delta(G)δ(G) is the minimum degree and e(G)e(G)e(G) the number of edges.

For k≤⌊c/2⌋k\le\lfloor c/2\rfloork≤⌊c/2⌋, the graph Wn,k,cW_{n,k,c}Wn,k,c​ is a clique Kc−k+1K_{c-k+1}Kc−k+1​ together with n−(c−k+1)n-(c-k+1)n−(c−k+1) further vertices, each joined to the same kkk vertices of the clique. It has nnn vertices, minimum degree kkk, circumference ccc, and

f(n,k,c)=(c−k+12)+k (n−c+k−1)f(n,k,c)=\binom{c-k+1}{2}+k\,(n-c+k-1)f(n,k,c)=(2c−k+1​)+k(n−c+k−1)

edges. The graph Zn,k,cZ_{n,k,c}Zn,k,c​ is the union of a clique Kc−k+1K_{c-k+1}Kc−k+1​ and n−(c−k+1)k−1\frac{n-(c-k+1)}{k-1}k−1n−(c−k+1)​ cliques Kk+1K_{k+1}Kk+1​, any two of the cliques sharing the same two vertices. The families Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​ and Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​ consist of graphs on A∪B∪XA\cup B\cup XA∪B∪X (resp. A∪B∪YA\cup B\cup YA∪B∪Y) with AAA a clique of size ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋, BBB stable and AAA complete to BBB. In Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​ every vertex of XXX has exactly two neighbours, the same a∈Aa\in Aa∈A and b∈Bb\in Bb∈B. In Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​, YYY carries a star forest whose stars all attach to the same two vertices a,b∈Aa,b\in Aa,b∈A in a prescribed way.

The proof works with the CCC-closure G‾\overline GG of a cycle CCC. It is obtained by replacing G[C]G[C]G[C] by its (c+1)(c+1)(c+1)-closure, which repeatedly joins non-adjacent pairs of G[C]G[C]G[C] whose degree sum is at least c+1c+1c+1. A cycle is locally maximal if every longer cycle uses at least three edges between V(C)V(C)V(C) and the rest of the graph.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.7

Let k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and let GGG be 2-connected on nnn vertices with δ(G)≥k\delta(G)\ge kδ(G)≥k and circumference ccc, 10≤c≤n−110\le c\le n-110≤c≤n−1. If

e(G)>max⁡{f(n,k+1,c), f(n,⌊c/2⌋−1,c)},e(G)>\max\{f(n,k+1,c),\ f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor-1,c)\},e(G)>max{f(n,k+1,c), f(n,⌊c/2⌋−1,c)},

then G⊆Wn,k,cG\subseteq W_{n,k,c}G⊆Wn,k,c​, or G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cG\subseteq W_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​, or (k=2k=2k=2, ccc odd, and GGG is a subgraph of a member of Xn,c∪Yn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}\cup\mathcal Y_{n,c}Xn,c​∪Yn,c​), or (k≥3k\ge3k≥3 and G⊆Zn,k,cG\subseteq Z_{n,k,c}G⊆Zn,k,c​).

Stronger: Theorem 1.9

For a longest cycle CCC, the same hypotheses give one of four alternatives. Either G‾≅Wn,k,c\overline G\cong W_{n,k,c}G≅Wn,k,c​; or G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cG\subseteq W_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​; or the X∪Y\mathcal X\cup\mathcal YX∪Y alternative holds; or k≥3k\ge3k≥3 and G‾≅Zn,k,c\overline G\cong Z_{n,k,c}G≅Zn,k,c​.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof.

  • Theorem 1.9 splits into Theorem 1.12, for many edges off CCC, and Theorem 4.1, for many edges on CCC.
  • Theorem 4.1 combines Lemmas 2.7, 2.8 and 2.11 on closures with the structural Lemmas 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4.
  • Two arithmetic facts about fff and h(n,k)=(n−k2)+k(k−1)h(n,k)=\binom{n-k}{2}+k(k-1)h(n,k)=(2n−k​)+k(k−1), and Lemmas 2.5, 2.6 and 2.10, support these.

Significance

The theorem describes every 2-connected graph whose edge count comes within one step of Woodall's extremal bound in either parameter. At k=2k=2k=2 it recovers the theorem of Füredi, Kostochka, Luo and Verstraëte exactly. At c=n−1c=n-1c=n−1 it refines the Li–Ning / Füredi–Kostochka–Luo stability theorem for non-Hamiltonian 2-connected graphs. It also gives Corollary 1.8 for 3-connected graphs, where only the two WWW graphs remain. Theorem 1.9 goes further and identifies the extremal configurations exactly, up to the closure.

On the formal side, Mathlib has walks, cycles, Hamiltonian paths and cycles, clique numbers and graph embeddings. It has no circumference theory, no Bondy–Chvátal closure, no Hamiltonian-connectedness and none of the classical extremal results the proof cites (Dirac, Bondy, Chvátal, Erdős–Gallai, Fan). No result of this mission is known to have a machine-checked proof. The mission asks for the paper's proof, or any other proof, of the goal; for its refinement, Theorem 1.9; and for the closure and attachment lemmas on the way.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to delete a low-degree vertex and induct, as in the classical proofs of Erdős–Gallai type bounds. It does not reach stability. Deleting a vertex can destroy 2-connectivity, and the extremal family changes with kkk: the threshold f(n,k+1,c)f(n,k+1,c)f(n,k+1,c) moves with the minimum degree, and the new graph Zn,k,cZ_{n,k,c}Zn,k,c​ appears only for k≥3k\ge3k≥3.

The edges inside V(C)V(C)V(C) are the hard part. A longest cycle gives no direct control over G[C]G[C]G[C]. The paper's route needs two non-trivial reductions:

  • a closure that keeps longest path lengths (Lemma 2.6), applied to a locally maximal cycle so that G‾[C]\overline G[C]G[C] becomes highly structured;
  • a degree-sequence dichotomy derived from Chvátal's Hamiltonicity theorem (Lemmas 2.10, 2.11).

After that, Lemma 4.2 is four pages of degree-sequence casework, and Lemma 4.4 is a ten-claim structural argument.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n and graphs are Mathlib SimpleGraphs. Further conventions:

  • "G⊆HG\subseteq HG⊆H" is an embedding (⊑, a subgraph up to relabelling), and "G‾=W\overline G=WG=W" or "G∈{W,Z}G\in\{W,Z\}G∈{W,Z}" is a graph isomorphism.
  • "Circumference ccc" means a cycle of length ccc exists and no cycle is longer; "longest cycle" is defined by comparison with all cycles. Neither is a supremum, which would be 000 on acyclic graphs.
  • ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ is natural-number division. fff and hhh are natural-number expressions that are exact in every range used.
  • The kkk-closure is the least kkk-closed supergraph, which equals the page's recursive closure. A companion sanity file proves that it contains GGG, is kkk-closed, and lies below every kkk-closed supergraph.
  • Hamiltonian-connected quantifies over distinct pairs.
  • Lemma 2.5's bounds are stated in Z\mathbb ZZ.

Added hypothesis: k≥2k\ge2k≥2 in Theorems 1.7, 1.9, 4.1 and Lemma 4.4. As printed, the theorems claim every kkk, but they fail at k=1k=1k=1: a member of X18,11\mathcal X_{18,11}X18,11​ with ∣X∣=2|X|=2∣X∣=2 is 2-connected, has circumference 111111 and 69>6869>6869>68 edges, yet lies in neither W18,1,11W_{18,1,11}W18,1,11​ nor W18,5,11W_{18,5,11}W18,5,11​. Zn,k,cZ_{n,k,c}Zn,k,c​ also divides by k−1k-1k−1. Lemma 4.3 has no minimum-degree hypothesis and is stated for every kkk.

Trivializations ruled out.

  • The page's alternatives "if k=2k=2k=2 and ccc is odd, then …" and "if k≥3k\ge3k≥3, then …" are encoded as conjunctions. As implications they would hold vacuously.
  • The Zn,k,cZ_{n,k,c}Zn,k,c​ alternatives carry the divisibility (k−1)∣n−(c−k+1)(k-1)\mid n-(c-k+1)(k−1)∣n−(c−k+1), so no truncated last block is admitted.
  • Equalities of graphs are isomorphisms, never containments.
  • The closure cannot be replaced by an arbitrary closed supergraph such as the complete graph.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs:

  • closure and Pósa-rotation arguments;
  • Chvátal's degree-sequence theorem;
  • Dirac's and Bondy's circumference bounds;
  • Fan's long-path theorem;
  • the Fan–Lv–Wang edge-switching lemma;
  • Erdős–Gallai for paths.

All of these are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome. Theorem 1.12 is also the goal of the companion mission on the stability of Bondy's theorem.

Selected references

  • J. Ma, B. Ning, Stability results on the circumference of a graph, Combinatorica 40 (2020); arXiv:1708.00704v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.00704, https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-019-3843-4
  • G. N. Kopylov, Maximal paths and cycles in a graph, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 234 (1977), 19–21.
  • D. R. Woodall, Maximal circuits of graphs I, Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 28 (1976), 77–80.
  • Z. Füredi, A. Kostochka, R. Luo, J. Verstraëte, Stability in the Erdős–Gallai theorem on cycles and paths, II, Discrete Math. 341 (2018), 1253–1263.
  • Z. Füredi, A. Kostochka, J. Verstraëte, Stability in the Erdős–Gallai theorems on cycles and paths, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 121 (2016), 197–228.
  • J. A. Bondy, V. Chvátal, A method in graph theory, Discrete Math. 15 (1976), 111–135. https://doi.org/10.1016/0012-365X(76)90078-9
  • G. Fan, X. Lv, P. Wang, Cycles in 2-connected graphs, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 92 (2004), 379–394.
  • P. Erdős, T. Gallai, On maximal paths and circuits of graphs, Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 10 (1959), 337–356. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02024498
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability Results on the Circumference of a Graph 1: A 2-Connected Graph with More Than (⌊c/2⌋−1)(n−c) Edges Off a Longest Cycle of Length c ≥ 10 Lies in W_{n,⌊c/2⌋,c} or (c Odd) in X_{n,c} ∪ Y_{n,c}Research Paper

Motivation

The circumference c(G)c(G)c(G) of a graph GGG is the length of a longest cycle. Extremal graph theory asks how many edges force a long cycle. The Erdős–Gallai theorem (1959) states that every nnn-vertex graph has at most c(G)(n−1)/2c(G)(n-1)/2c(G)(n−1)/2 edges. Bondy (1971) strengthened it by counting only the edges near a longest cycle: if CCC is a longest cycle of length ccc, the number of edges with at most one endpoint in CCC is at most c2(n−c)\tfrac c2(n-c)2c​(n−c), and at most ⌊c/2⌋(n−c)\lfloor c/2\rfloor (n-c)⌊c/2⌋(n−c) when GGG is 2-connected. Since V(C)V(C)V(C) spans at most (c2)\binom c2(2c​) edges, this implies the Erdős–Gallai bound.

A stability result complements an extremal one: a graph close to the extremal bound must be close in structure to the extremal graphs. Jie Ma and Bo Ning (Combinatorica, 2020; arXiv:1708.00704) proved stability versions of Kopylov's edge theorem for 2-connected graphs of given circumference and of Bondy's theorem above. This mission formalizes their stability version of Bondy's theorem, Theorem 1.12. In the paper it is also one of the two halves of the proof of the main stability theorem; the other half is a separate mission in this series.

Timeline (as recorded in §1 of the paper). Dirac (1952): every 2-connected graph has c(G)≥min⁡{2δ(G),∣V(G)∣}c(G)\ge\min\{2\delta(G),|V(G)|\}c(G)≥min{2δ(G),∣V(G)∣}. Erdős and Gallai (1959): e(G)≤c(G)(n−1)/2e(G)\le c(G)(n-1)/2e(G)≤c(G)(n−1)/2. Bondy (1971): the bound on edges with at most one endpoint on a longest cycle, and the degree theorem stated here as Theorem 2.1. Woodall (1976): e(G)≤f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)e(G)\le f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c)e(G)≤f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c) for 2-connected GGG with circumference c≤(2n+2)/3c\le(2n+2)/3c≤(2n+2)/3. Kopylov (1977): e(G)≤max⁡{f(n,2,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)}e(G)\le\max\{f(n,2,c),f(n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c)\}e(G)≤max{f(n,2,c),f(n,⌊c/2⌋,c)} for 2-connected GGG with circumference c≤n−1c\le n-1c≤n−1; another proof by Fan, Lv and Wang (2004). Fan (1990): an improved version of Bondy's bound for 2-connected graphs, and average-degree bounds on long paths. Füredi, Kostochka and Verstraëte (2016): stability for Kopylov's theorem when n≥3⌊c/2⌋n\ge 3\lfloor c/2\rfloorn≥3⌊c/2⌋; Füredi, Kostochka, Luo and Verstraëte (2018): the complete stability version, with the families Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​, Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​. Ma and Ning (2017 preprint, 2020): the results of this mission.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple, on the vertex set {0,…,n−1}\{0,\dots,n-1\}{0,…,n−1}. A path or cycle of length kkk has kkk edges. A graph is 2-connected if it has at least three vertices, is connected, and remains connected after deleting any one vertex. A cycle CCC is a longest cycle if no cycle of GGG has more edges; V(C)V(C)V(C) is its vertex set and ccc its length.

For a longest cycle CCC, write e(G−C)+e(G−C,C)e(G-C)+e(G-C,C)e(G−C)+e(G−C,C) for the number of edges with at most one endpoint in CCC. A vertex uuu is an isolated vertex of G−CG-CG−C if u∉V(C)u\notin V(C)u∈/V(C) and every neighbour of uuu lies on CCC; dC(u)d_C(u)dC​(u) is its number of neighbours on CCC.

The extremal graphs are:

  • Wn,k,cW_{n,k,c}Wn,k,c​: a clique Kc−k+1K_{c-k+1}Kc−k+1​ together with n−(c−k+1)n-(c-k+1)n−(c−k+1) further vertices, each adjacent to the same kkk vertices of the clique and to nothing else.
  • Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​: graphs on A∪B∪XA\cup B\cup XA∪B∪X with AAA a clique of size ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋, BBB and XXX stable, AAA completely joined to BBB, and two vertices a∈Aa\in Aa∈A, b∈Bb\in Bb∈B such that N(x)={a,b}N(x)=\{a,b\}N(x)={a,b} for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X.
  • Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​: graphs on A∪B∪YA\cup B\cup YA∪B∪Y with AAA a clique of size ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋, BBB stable, AAA completely joined to BBB, G[Y]G[Y]G[Y] a star forest with at least two stars each having an edge, and two distinct a,b∈Aa,b\in Aa,b∈A such that each star SSS has exactly {a,b}\{a,b\}{a,b} as outside neighbourhood and, if ∣V(S)∣≥3|V(S)|\ge 3∣V(S)∣≥3, its leaves have degree 222 and a common neighbour in {a,b}\{a,b\}{a,b}.

G⊆WG\subseteq WG⊆W means that GGG is isomorphic to a subgraph of WWW.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.12

Let GGG be 2-connected on nnn vertices and CCC a longest cycle of length ccc with 10≤c≤n−110\le c\le n-110≤c≤n−1. If

e(G−C)+e(G−C,C)>(⌊c2⌋−1)(n−c),e(G-C)+e(G-C,C) > \left(\left\lfloor \tfrac c2\right\rfloor-1\right)(n-c),e(G−C)+e(G−C,C)>(⌊2c​⌋−1)(n−c),

then G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cG\subseteq W_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​, or ccc is odd and GGG is a subgraph of a member of Xn,c∪Yn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}\cup\mathcal Y_{n,c}Xn,c​∪Yn,c​.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1 (Bondy): all but one vertex of degree ≥k\ge k≥k in a 2-connected graph give c(G)≥min⁡{n,2k}c(G)\ge\min\{n,2k\}c(G)≥min{n,2k}.
  2. Theorem 2.2 (Fan), first assertion: a longest (x,y)(x,y)(x,y)-path is at least as long as the average degree of the other vertices.
  3. Lemma 2.3: a 2-connected component HHH of G−CG-CG−C with average degree rrr satisfies c≥2rc\ge 2rc≥2r, with equality only for a clique attached to two common vertices of CCC.
  4. Theorem 3.2: without connectivity and for 4≤c≤n−14\le c\le n-14≤c≤n−1, the same edge condition gives c∈{6,7,9}c\in\{6,7,9\}c∈{6,7,9}, or a vertex off CCC with ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ neighbours on CCC, or a cycle C′C'C′ meeting CCC in at most one vertex with ∣C′∣≥2⌊c/2⌋−3|C'|\ge 2\lfloor c/2\rfloor-3∣C′∣≥2⌊c/2⌋−3 (disjoint) or ≥2⌊c/2⌋−1\ge 2\lfloor c/2\rfloor-1≥2⌊c/2⌋−1 (one common vertex).
  5. Theorem 3.1: for 2-connected GGG and 10≤c≤n−110\le c\le n-110≤c≤n−1, an isolated vertex uuu of G−CG-CG−C with dC(u)=⌊c/2⌋d_C(u)=\lfloor c/2\rfloordC​(u)=⌊c/2⌋.
  6. Lemma 3.3: such a vertex forces G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cG\subseteq W_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​ when ccc is even, and G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cG\subseteq W_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}G⊆Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​ or GGG in a member of Xn,c∪Yn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}\cup\mathcal Y_{n,c}Xn,c​∪Yn,c​ when c≥9c\ge 9c≥9 is odd.

Significance

In Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cW_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​ every one of the n−cn-cn−c vertices off a longest cycle sends ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ edges to the cycle, so Bondy's bound ⌊c/2⌋(n−c)\lfloor c/2\rfloor(n-c)⌊c/2⌋(n−c) is attained. Theorem 1.12 says that exceeding (⌊c/2⌋−1)(n−c)(\lfloor c/2\rfloor-1)(n-c)(⌊c/2⌋−1)(n−c) already leaves only three structures: a subgraph of Wn,⌊c/2⌋,cW_{n,\lfloor c/2\rfloor,c}Wn,⌊c/2⌋,c​, or for odd ccc a subgraph of a member of Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​ or Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​. In the paper it is one of the two cases of the proof of the main stability theorem (Theorem 1.9): a graph with many edges and a longest cycle CCC has either many edges with at most one endpoint on CCC, handled here, or many edges inside V(C)V(C)V(C), handled by the closure argument of the companion mission.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it, nor Bondy's or Fan's theorems, is formalized on the platform or in Mathlib. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the goal, of the cited tools (Bondy's Theorem 2.1, Fan's Theorem 2.2, Lemma 2.3), and of the steps Theorems 3.1, 3.2 and Lemma 3.3, together with reusable definitions of 2-connectivity, longest cycles and the extremal families.

Difficulty

The obvious approach counts edges at the vertices off CCC: each such vertex has at most ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ neighbours on CCC, since otherwise two consecutive cycle vertices would let the cycle be extended. This bound is far from enough. The edge count also includes edges between vertices off CCC, and components of G−CG-CG−C can be large, 2-connected, and attached to CCC in complicated ways. The bound (⌊c/2⌋−1)(n−c)(\lfloor c/2\rfloor-1)(n-c)(⌊c/2⌋−1)(n−c) has to be beaten by every such configuration at once, and Theorem 3.2 states exceptional small cycle lengths c∈{6,7,9}c\in\{6,7,9\}c∈{6,7,9} for which the analysis does not close. A second difficulty is the passage from one vertex of degree ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ to a global description of GGG: in the odd case, the structure of every component of G−CG-CG−C has to be determined, which is where the families Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​ and Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​ appear.

Formalization scope

Graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n) with decidable adjacency. A cycle is a closed walk C : G.Walk u u with C.IsCycle; its length is C.length and its vertex set C.support.toFinset. "Longest cycle" is the predicate that every cycle of GGG is at most as long as CCC; no supremum of cycle lengths is used. 2-connectivity is: at least three vertices, connected, and connected after deleting any one vertex. It is stated for an arbitrary finite vertex type so that it applies to the induced subgraph G[H]G[H]G[H] in Lemma 2.3. The edge count off CCC is the number of edges with an endpoint outside V(C)V(C)V(C), and ⌊c/2⌋\lfloor c/2\rfloor⌊c/2⌋ is natural-number division; under the stated bounds every natural-number subtraction is exact.

Wn,k,cW_{n,k,c}Wn,k,c​ is defined on fixed labels (clique {0,…,c−k}\{0,\dots,c-k\}{0,…,c−k}, hubs {0,…,k−1}\{0,\dots,k-1\}{0,…,k−1}), and "G⊆WG\subseteq WG⊆W" is a graph embedding G ⊑ W. Membership in Xn,c\mathcal X_{n,c}Xn,c​ and Yn,c\mathcal Y_{n,c}Yn,c​ are predicates on labelled graphs, closed under relabelling, and "GGG is a subgraph of a member" is G ≤ H for some member HHH. No hypothesis is added to any statement. Fan's Theorem 2.2 is stated without its equality characterization.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out explicitly: the alternative "ccc is odd and …" is a conjunction, never an implication; the circumference is never a junk supremum; containment in WWW is up to isomorphism, never ≤ on fixed labels; and 2-connectivity excludes K2K_2K2​ and disconnected graphs.

The definitions are reusable for any work on circumference, longest cycles and Bondy–Erdős–Gallai-type problems. Contributions of proofs of the cited tools (Bondy's and Fan's theorems) are especially welcome, as is a proof of Erdős–Gallai's edge theorem, which the proof of Theorem 3.2 uses and which is posed elsewhere on the platform.

Selected references

  • J. Ma and B. Ning, Stability results on the circumference of a graph, Combinatorica 40 (2020); arXiv:1708.00704v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.00704 , https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-019-3843-4
  • J. A. Bondy, Large cycles in graphs, Discrete Mathematics 1 (1971/72), no. 2, 121–132.
  • G. Fan, Long cycles and the codiameter of a graph, I, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series B 49 (1990) 151–180.
  • P. Erdős and T. Gallai, On maximal paths and circuits of graphs, Acta Mathematica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 10 (1959) 337–356.
  • G. Fan, X. Lv, P. Wang, Cycles in 2-connected graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series B 92 (2004) 379–394.
  • Z. Füredi, A. Kostochka, J. Verstraëte, Stability in the Erdős–Gallai theorems on cycles and paths, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series B 121 (2016) 197–228.
  • Z. Füredi, A. Kostochka, R. Luo, J. Verstraëte, Stability in the Erdős–Gallai theorem on cycles and paths, II, Discrete Mathematics 341 (2018) 1253–1263.
  • G. N. Kopylov, Maximal paths and cycles in a graph, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 18 (1977) 593–596.
  • D. R. Woodall, Maximal circuits of graphs I, Acta Mathematica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 28 (1976) 77–80.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Approximation for Submodular and Supermodular Optimization with Bounded Curvature I: Swap-Local Optima of the Non-Oblivious Potential Are (1 − c/e)-Approximate for Submodular MaximizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Maximizing a monotone submodular function over the bases of a matroid is the standard model for coverage, facility location, sensor placement and welfare maximization. The best possible approximation factor in the value-oracle model is 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e (Nemhauser–Wolsey 1978; Călinescu–Chekuri–Pál–Vondrák 2011). Many functions met in practice are far from the worst case: they are close to linear. Total curvature measures how close. Conforti and Cornuéjols (1984) showed that the greedy algorithm achieves (1−e−c)/c(1 - e^{-c})/c(1−e−c)/c on uniform matroids and 1/(1+c)1/(1+c)1/(1+c) on general matroids when the curvature is at most ccc; Vondrák (RIMS Kôkyûroku Bessatsu, 2010) obtained (1−e−c)/c(1 - e^{-c})/c(1−e−c)/c for every matroid, for a weaker curvature notion.

Sviridenko, Vondrák and Ward (SODA 2015; journal version Math. Oper. Res. 2017) improve this to 1−c/e1 - c/e1−c/e, show it is optimal, and obtain the matching factor 1+c1−ce−11 + \frac{c}{1-c} e^{-1}1+1−cc​e−1 for minimizing a monotone decreasing supermodular function. One of their two algorithms is a non-oblivious local search, a single-swap search guided not by fff but by an auxiliary potential. This mission formalizes the exact guarantee of that local search. All numbering below is that of the SODA 2015 version (authors' copy dated Oct. 9, 2014).

Setting

Let XXX be a finite set. A set function assigns a real number f(A)f(A)f(A) to every A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X. Its marginal value at i∈Xi \in Xi∈X over AAA is fA(i)=f(A+i)−f(A)f_A(i) = f(A + i) - f(A)fA​(i)=f(A+i)−f(A). The function is submodular if f(A)+f(B)≥f(A∩B)+f(A∪B)f(A) + f(B) \ge f(A \cap B) + f(A \cup B)f(A)+f(B)≥f(A∩B)+f(A∪B) for all A,BA, BA,B; supermodular if −f-f−f is submodular; monotone increasing if every fA(i)≥0f_A(i) \ge 0fA​(i)≥0, and monotone decreasing if every fA(i)≤0f_A(i) \le 0fA​(i)≤0.

A monotone increasing fff has total curvature at most ccc if fX−j(j)≥(1−c)f∅(j)f_{X-j}(j) \ge (1-c) f_\emptyset(j)fX−j​(j)≥(1−c)f∅​(j) for every j∈Xj \in Xj∈X: adding jjj last is worth at least a (1−c)(1-c)(1−c) fraction of adding it first. For c=0c = 0c=0 the function is linear up to a constant; c=1c = 1c=1 is no restriction. For a monotone decreasing fff the inequality is reversed: fX−j(j)≤(1−c)f∅(j)f_{X-j}(j) \le (1-c) f_\emptyset(j)fX−j​(j)≤(1−c)f∅​(j).

A matroid M=(X,I)\mathcal M = (X, \mathcal I)M=(X,I) is given by its independent sets; its bases B(M)\mathcal B(\mathcal M)B(M) are the maximal independent sets, and its dual M∗\mathcal M^*M∗ has the complements X∖BX \setminus BX∖B of bases as bases.

For a monotone increasing submodular fff, §6.1 of the paper splits f=g+ℓf = g + \ellf=g+ℓ with a linear part and a remainder,

ℓ(A)=∑j∈AfX−j(j),g(A)=f(A)−ℓ(A).\ell(A) = \sum_{j \in A} f_{X-j}(j), \qquad g(A) = f(A) - \ell(A).ℓ(A)=j∈A∑​fX−j​(j),g(A)=f(A)−ℓ(A).

The local search uses the Filmus–Ward potential of ggg and the potential ψ\psiψ:

h(A)=∑∅≠B⊆Ag(B)∫01epe−1 p∣B∣−1(1−p)∣A∣−∣B∣ dp,ψ(A)=(1−e−1) h(A)+ℓ(A).h(A) = \sum_{\emptyset \ne B \subseteq A} g(B) \int_0^1 \frac{e^p}{e-1}\, p^{|B|-1}(1-p)^{|A|-|B|}\, dp, \qquad \psi(A) = (1 - e^{-1})\, h(A) + \ell(A).h(A)=∅=B⊆A∑​g(B)∫01​e−1ep​p∣B∣−1(1−p)∣A∣−∣B∣dp,ψ(A)=(1−e−1)h(A)+ℓ(A).

A base SSS is a swap-local optimum of ψ\psiψ if ψ(S−a+b)≤ψ(S)\psi(S - a + b) \le \psi(S)ψ(S−a+b)≤ψ(S) for every a∈Sa \in Sa∈S and b∈X∖Sb \in X \setminus Sb∈X∖S with S−a+bS - a + bS−a+b a base.

Formalization targets

Goal: exact core of Theorem 6.1

For f≥0f \ge 0f≥0 monotone increasing and submodular with curvature at most c∈[0,1]c \in [0,1]c∈[0,1], every swap-local optimum SSS of ψ\psiψ satisfies

f(S) ≥ (1−ce) f(O)for every O∈I.f(S) \ \ge\ \Bigl(1 - \frac{c}{e}\Bigr)\, f(O) \qquad \text{for every } O \in \mathcal I.f(S) ≥ (1−ec​)f(O)for every O∈I.

The printed Theorem 6.1 asserts a randomized polynomial-time algorithm losing O(ϵ)O(\epsilon)O(ϵ); the goal is the ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0 statement its proof establishes for local optima.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: ∑j∈AfX−j(j)≥(1−c)f(A)\sum_{j \in A} f_{X-j}(j) \ge (1-c) f(A)∑j∈A​fX−j​(j)≥(1−c)f(A), for f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0.
  2. Lemma A.1: g=f−ℓg = f - \ellg=f−ℓ is submodular, monotone increasing and nonnegative.
  3. Lemma 5.1 (Brualdi): two bases A,BA, BA,B admit a bijection π:A→B\pi : A \to Bπ:A→B with A−x+π(x)A - x + \pi(x)A−x+π(x) a base for every x∈Ax \in Ax∈A.
  4. Display (5.4) (Filmus–Ward): ee−1g(A)≥g(B)+∑i[h(A)−h(A−ai+bi)]\frac{e}{e-1} g(A) \ge g(B) + \sum_i [h(A) - h(A - a_i + b_i)]e−1e​g(A)≥g(B)+∑i​[h(A)−h(A−ai​+bi​)].
  5. Lemma 5.2: g(A)+ℓ(A)≥(1−e−1)g(B)+ℓ(B)+∑i[ψ(A)−ψ(A−ai+bi)]g(A) + \ell(A) \ge (1 - e^{-1}) g(B) + \ell(B) + \sum_i [\psi(A) - \psi(A - a_i + b_i)]g(A)+ℓ(A)≥(1−e−1)g(B)+ℓ(B)+∑i​[ψ(A)−ψ(A−ai​+bi​)].
  6. §5.1: a swap-local optimum SSS satisfies g(S)+ℓ(S)≥(1−e−1)g(O)+ℓ(O)g(S) + \ell(S) \ge (1 - e^{-1}) g(O) + \ell(O)g(S)+ℓ(S)≥(1−e−1)g(O)+ℓ(O) for every base OOO.

Companion statements

Lemma 2.2, Lemma A.2 and the exact core of Theorem 6.2: for f≥0f \ge 0f≥0 monotone decreasing and supermodular with curvature at most c∈[0,1)c \in [0, 1)c∈[0,1), a swap-local optimum SSS of the corresponding ψ\psiψ in M∗\mathcal M^*M∗ yields a base X∖SX \setminus SX∖S of M\mathcal MM with

f(X∖S) ≤ (1+c1−c e−1)f(O)for every O∈I.f(X \setminus S) \ \le\ \Bigl(1 + \frac{c}{1-c}\, e^{-1}\Bigr) f(O) \qquad \text{for every } O \in \mathcal I.f(X∖S) ≤ (1+1−cc​e−1)f(O)for every O∈I.

Lemmas A.3 and A.4 are the curvature constructions behind the paper's matching lower bounds.

Significance

The factor 1−c/e1 - c/e1−c/e equals 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e at c=1c = 1c=1 and tends to 111 as c→0c \to 0c→0, so it recovers the classical bound and improves it for every curvature below 111; Theorem 7.1 of the paper shows that no algorithm using polynomially many value queries does better. The decomposition f=g+ℓf = g + \ellf=g+ℓ and the joint guarantee g(S)+ℓ(S)≥(1−e−1)g(O)+ℓ(O)g(S) + \ell(S) \ge (1 - e^{-1}) g(O) + \ell(O)g(S)+ℓ(S)≥(1−e−1)g(O)+ℓ(O) are reusable: they give the supermodular-minimization result of Theorem 6.2, and §8 of the paper applies that result to column-subset selection.

The results are proved in the literature; none is machine-checked. The mission produces a formal proof of the exact local-search guarantee, of Brualdi's bijective exchange for Mathlib matroids, and of Filmus and Ward's inequality for their potential hhh, which underlies other non-oblivious local searches for submodular functions.

Difficulty

The reduction from the goal to the §5.1 claim is short. The work is in (5.4): the obvious argument, summing submodularity over the swaps, controls ∑i[g(A)−g(A−ai+bi)]\sum_i [g(A) - g(A - a_i + b_i)]∑i​[g(A)−g(A−ai​+bi​)] and gives only the oblivious factor 1/21/21/2. The potential hhh averages ggg over all subsets of AAA with Beta-type weights, and (5.4) is an identity-level computation with the integrals ∫01eppk−1(1−p)m−k dp\int_0^1 e^p p^{k-1}(1-p)^{m-k}\,dp∫01​eppk−1(1−p)m−kdp. Brualdi's lemma needs a Hall-type argument on the exchange graph; Mathlib has only single-element exchange. Lemma 2.1 also hides a point the paper skips: it is false unless f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0, so the goal needs a normalisation f↦f−f(∅)f \mapsto f - f(\emptyset)f↦f−f(∅) that leaves marginals, ℓ\ellℓ and the swap-local optima unchanged.

Formalization scope

Subsets are Finset X over [Fintype X] [DecidableEq X] with X : Type; set functions are Finset X → ℝ, and the paper's codomain R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge 0}R≥0​ is a hypothesis ∀ A, 0 ≤ f A. Submodularity is the published definition NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.Submodular. Total curvature is in the product form above, not the ratio of (1.1), which is undefined when some f∅(j)=0f_\emptyset(j) = 0f∅​(j)=0. Matroids are Mathlib's Matroid X, with M.E = Set.univ wherever fff and M\mathcal MM meet, so that X∖SX \setminus SX∖S is complemented in the right set; the dual is M✶. eee is Real.exp 1. The bijection of Lemma 5.1 is a function π : X → X with Set.BijOn π A B, and sums over i=1,…,ri = 1, \dots, ri=1,…,r are sums over a∈Aa \in Aa∈A with b=π(a)b = \pi(a)b=π(a).

Conventions that differ from the page, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • the B=∅B = \emptysetB=∅ term of hhh is excluded (on the page it is g(∅)∫01p−1⋯dpg(\emptyset) \int_0^1 p^{-1} \cdots dpg(∅)∫01​p−1⋯dp, finite only when g(∅)=0g(\emptyset) = 0g(∅)=0);
  • (5.4), Lemma 5.2 and the §5.1 claim assume ggg monotone and nonnegative, the setting of Filmus and Ward and of every use in the paper;
  • Lemma 2.1 adds f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0, Lemma A.2's nonnegativity adds f(X)=0f(X) = 0f(X)=0, and Lemmas A.3 and A.4 take c>0c > 0c>0; Lemma A.4 is stated as its proof proves it (supermodular, monotone decreasing).

The goal is about every swap-local optimum of ψ\psiψ, not about the existence of a good base: "some base satisfies f(S)≥(1−c/e)f(O)f(S) \ge (1 - c/e) f(O)f(S)≥(1−c/e)f(O)" is trivially true by taking SSS optimal, and is not the theorem.

Welcome contributions: Brualdi's lemma for Mathlib matroids (reusable well beyond this mission), the Beta-integral identities behind hhh, and the normalisation argument. The polynomial-time algorithm, the sampling estimate of ψ\psiψ (§5.2), the continuous greedy of §4 and the lower bounds of §7 are out of scope.

Selected references

  • M. Sviridenko, J. Vondrák, J. Ward, Optimal approximation for submodular and supermodular optimization with bounded curvature, SODA 2015; Math. Oper. Res. 42(4), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0842
  • Y. Filmus, J. Ward, Monotone submodular maximization over a matroid via non-oblivious local search, SIAM J. Comput. 43(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1137/110832318
  • M. Conforti, G. Cornuéjols, Submodular set functions, matroids and the greedy algorithm: tight worst-case bounds and some generalizations of the Rado–Edmonds theorem, Discrete Appl. Math. 7(3), 1984. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-218X(84)90003-9
  • R. A. Brualdi, Comments on bases in dependence structures, Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 1(2), pp. 161–167, 1969.
  • G. L. Nemhauser, L. A. Wolsey, Best algorithms for approximating the maximum of a submodular set function, Math. Oper. Res. 3(3), 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.3.3.177
  • G. Călinescu, C. Chekuri, M. Pál, J. Vondrák, Maximizing a monotone submodular function subject to a matroid constraint, SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/080733991
  • J. Vondrák, Submodularity and curvature: the optimal algorithm, RIMS Kôkyûroku Bessatsu B23, pp. 253–266, 2010.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Three Conjectures in Extremal Spectral Graph Theory 3: For Large n, a Connected n-Vertex Graph Maximizing Spectral Radius Minus Average Degree Is a Pineapple GraphResearch Paper

Motivation

How far is a graph from being regular? Several numerical irregularity measures answer this question, and spectral graph theory supplies a natural one. For a graph GGG with nnn vertices and e(G)e(G)e(G) edges, the largest eigenvalue λ1(G)\lambda_1(G)λ1​(G) of the adjacency matrix is always at least the average degree d(G)=2e(G)/nd(G) = 2e(G)/nd(G)=2e(G)/n, with equality exactly when GGG is regular. The difference λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d is therefore a measure of irregularity; it was studied by Bell (1992) alongside the variance of the degrees, and it is one of several such measures, with Albertson's ∑uv∈E∣du−dv∣\sum_{uv \in E} |d_u - d_v|∑uv∈E​∣du​−dv​∣ and Nikiforov's degree deviation among the others. The measures are incomparable in general, and one way to understand what each gauges is to determine its extremal graphs.

A basic extremal question asks which graphs are the most irregular. Among all graphs the question is uninteresting, because isolated vertices lower ddd without lowering λ1\lambda_1λ1​. Among connected graphs it is a genuine optimization problem. Using the variable neighbourhood search system AutoGraphiX, Aouchiche, Bell, Cvetković, Hansen, Rowlinson, Simić and Stevanović (2008) found that the maximizers of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d over connected graphs on nnn vertices are always pineapple graphs, a clique with pendant vertices hanging from one clique vertex, and they conjectured that this holds for every nnn (Aouchiche et al., European J. Oper. Res. 2008).

Timeline:

  • 1992: Bell compares λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d with the degree variance as irregularity measures.
  • 1988: Hong proves λ12≤2e(G)−(n−1)\lambda_1^2 \le 2e(G) - (n-1)λ12​≤2e(G)−(n−1) for graphs without isolated vertices.
  • 2008: Aouchiche et al. state the pineapple conjecture from computer experiments, and determine which pineapple is best (clique size ⌈n/2⌉+1\lceil n/2\rceil + 1⌈n/2⌉+1).
  • 2017: Tait and Tobin prove the conjecture for all sufficiently large nnn (arXiv:1606.01916, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B), in the same paper that settles the spectral extremal problems for outerplanar and planar graphs.

This mission formalizes Section 4 of Tait and Tobin.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple; an nnn-vertex graph has vertex set {0,…,n−1}\{0, \dots, n-1\}{0,…,n−1}. The spectral radius λ1(G)\lambda_1(G)λ1​(G) is the largest eigenvalue of the adjacency matrix AAA of GGG, the published platform definition specRad. The average degree is d(G)=2e(G)/nd(G) = 2e(G)/nd(G)=2e(G)/n, a real number.

A connected graph GGG on nnn vertices is a maximizer of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d (Lean: IsIrregMax G) if

λ1(G′)−d(G′)≤λ1(G)−d(G)for every connected graph G′ on the same n vertices.\lambda_1(G') - d(G') \le \lambda_1(G) - d(G) \quad \text{for every connected graph } G' \text{ on the same } n \text{ vertices.}λ1​(G′)−d(G′)≤λ1​(G)−d(G)for every connected graph G′ on the same n vertices.

The pineapple PA(p,q)PA(p,q)PA(p,q) (Lean: pineapple p q) has p+qp+qp+q vertices: the first ppp form a complete graph KpK_pKp​, and each of the other qqq vertices is a pendant vertex, adjacent only to the clique vertex 000. Stars (p≤2p \le 2p≤2) and complete graphs (q=0q = 0q=0) are degenerate pineapples.

The lemmas of the mission speak about the leading eigenvector v\mathbf vv of a maximizer GGG: a vector with Av=λ1vA\mathbf v = \lambda_1 \mathbf vAv=λ1​v, all entries positive, normalized so that its largest entry is 111. Such a vector exists by the Perron–Frobenius theorem because GGG is connected. xxx denotes a vertex with vx=1\mathbf v_x = 1vx​=1, dud_udu​ the degree of uuu, and N(x)N(x)N(x) the neighbourhood of xxx. Some statements carry a small parameter ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, fixed before nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21

∃N ∀n≥N ∀G on n vertices:G maximizes λ1−d  ⟹  ∃ p,q, p+q=n, G≅PA(p,q).\exists N\ \forall n \ge N\ \forall G \text{ on } n \text{ vertices}:\quad G \text{ maximizes } \lambda_1 - d \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists\, p, q,\ p + q = n,\ G \cong PA(p,q).∃N ∀n≥N ∀G on n vertices:G maximizes λ1​−d⟹∃p,q, p+q=n, G≅PA(p,q).

The clique size ppp is left free. The optimal value p=⌈n/2⌉+1p = \lceil n/2\rceil + 1p=⌈n/2⌉+1 is determined by Aouchiche et al. by optimizing a cubic polynomial over pineapples; Tait and Tobin cite it and do not prove it, so it is not part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Hong's inequality λ12≤2e(G)−(n−1)\lambda_1^2 \le 2e(G) - (n-1)λ12​≤2e(G)−(n−1) for connected GGG (cited, p. 14).
  2. The pineapple H=PA(⌈n/2⌉+1,⌊n/2⌋−1)H = PA(\lceil n/2\rceil+1, \lfloor n/2\rfloor-1)H=PA(⌈n/2⌉+1,⌊n/2⌋−1) has λ1(H)−2e(H)/n≥n/4−3/2\lambda_1(H) - 2e(H)/n \ge n/4 - 3/2λ1​(H)−2e(H)/n≥n/4−3/2 (p. 14).
  3. Lemma 16: λ1=n/2+c1n\lambda_1 = n/2 + c_1\sqrt nλ1​=n/2+c1​n​ and d=n/4+c2nd = n/4 + c_2\sqrt nd=n/4+c2​n​ with ∣c1∣,∣c2∣<1|c_1|, |c_2| < 1∣c1​∣,∣c2​∣<1.
  4. Lemma 17: 0≤1∣N(x)∣∑y∼x(dy−λ1vy)≤c3n0 \le \frac{1}{|N(x)|}\sum_{y\sim x}(d_y - \lambda_1\mathbf v_y) \le c_3\sqrt n0≤∣N(x)∣1​∑y∼x​(dy​−λ1​vy​)≤c3​n​.
  5. Lemma 18: a vertex u≠xu \ne xu=x with vu>1−2ε\mathbf v_u > 1 - 2\varepsilonvu​>1−2ε, du−λ1vu=O(n)d_u - \lambda_1\mathbf v_u = O(\sqrt n)du​−λ1​vu​=O(n​) and du≥(1/2−2ε)nd_u \ge (1/2 - 2\varepsilon)ndu​≥(1/2−2ε)n.
  6. Inequality (11): n/2+n+5≥vtv>n/2−2εn−O(n)n/2 + \sqrt n + 5 \ge \mathbf v^t\mathbf v > n/2 - 2\varepsilon n - O(\sqrt n)n/2+n​+5≥vtv>n/2−2εn−O(n​).
  7. Lemma 19 (corrected): vavb>1/2+n−1/2+5n−1\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b > 1/2 + n^{-1/2} + 5n^{-1}va​vb​>1/2+n−1/2+5n−1 forces a∼ba \sim ba∼b; vavb<1/2−3ε\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b < 1/2 - 3\varepsilonva​vb​<1/2−3ε forbids a∼ba \sim ba∼b when G−abG - abG−ab is connected.
  8. Every vertex other than a lone vertex of entry 111 is adjacent to a vertex of entry 111 (p. 18, corrected).
  9. Proposition 20: a partition U,V,WU, V, WU,V,W with UUU a clique of size about n/2n/2n/2 and entries near 111, VVV pendant vertices of entry below (2+ε)/n(2+\varepsilon)/n(2+ε)/n, and WWW vertices of entry near 1/21/21/2 adjacent only to UUU.
  10. W=∅W = \emptysetW=∅: GGG is a clique together with pendant vertices (pp. 20–21).

Significance

The result. Theorem 21 identifies the most spectrally irregular connected graphs for large nnn, confirming a conjecture that came from computer search and that had resisted the usual graph-transformation arguments. Combined with the cited optimization over pineapples, it gives the exact maximum of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d over connected nnn-vertex graphs for large nnn, which in turn bounds λ1\lambda_1λ1​ by ddd plus an explicit term for every connected graph. The intermediate statements, notably Lemma 19 which converts products of Perron entries into adjacency, are reusable in other spectral extremal problems over connected graphs.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper for large nnn; no machine-checked proof of it, or of Hong's inequality, is known. The formalization must make every "for nnn sufficiently large" and every O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) explicit, and it repairs two statements that are false as printed (see Formalization scope). A small-nnn verification, or a proof for all nnn, would be further contributions.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is local improvement: given a non-pineapple, move an edge and show that λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d increases. Each move changes both terms, by amounts of order vavb/vtv\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b/\mathbf v^t\mathbf vva​vb​/vtv and 2/n2/n2/n respectively, and these are comparable; neither the sign of the change nor connectivity of the modified graph is under control without first knowing the global structure. The proof therefore needs the whole chain of asymptotic estimates: the size of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ and ddd, a second vertex of nearly maximal entry, the norm of the Perron vector, and only then the adjacency rules of Lemma 19. Every edge deletion must also keep the graph connected, since the maximum ranges over connected graphs.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices are Fin n; graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n) with classical decidability. λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is the published WangKangXue.SpectralTuran.specRad, the largest eigenvalue of G.adjMatrix ℝ. ddd is avgDeg G = 2 · #edges / n in R\mathbb RR.
  • The maximum is over connected graphs on the same vertex set (IsIrregMax); dropping connectivity changes the problem.
  • The Perron vector enters as universally quantified hypotheses: any v with (G.adjMatrix ℝ).mulVec v = specRad G • v, all entries positive, all entries at most 111, and a vertex x with v x = 1. It is never quantified existentially.
  • "For nnn sufficiently large" is ∃ N, ∀ n ≥ N. Constants from O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) and "a constant c3c_3c3​ not depending on nnn" are existentially quantified before NNN, nnn and GGG. In Lemma 18, inequality (11) and Lemma 19 the proof works for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, which is universally quantified; Proposition 20 needs ε\varepsilonε small and is stated for 0<ε<ε00 < \varepsilon < \varepsilon_00<ε<ε0​.
  • ⌈n/2⌉\lceil n/2\rceil⌈n/2⌉ and ⌊n/2⌋\lfloor n/2\rfloor⌊n/2⌋ are the natural-number quotients (n+1)/2(n+1)/2(n+1)/2 and n/2n/2n/2; the pineapple lower bound assumes n≥2n \ge 2n≥2.
  • "GGG is a pineapple" is a graph isomorphism G ≃g pineapple p q with p+q=np + q = np+q=n. The pineapple is defined by its edges, clique plus pendants at one vertex; it is not defined by any property that the proof establishes, and the clique size is not pinned.
  • Two printed statements are corrected and the corrections are disclosed. Lemma 19's second half requires G−abG - abG−ab to be connected (without it, a pendant edge of the extremal pineapple is a counterexample), and both halves are for distinct vertices. The claim on p. 18 that every vertex has a neighbour of entry 111 excludes only a vertex that is the unique vertex of entry 111 (the hub of a pineapple is the exception). Lemma 17's summand is (dy−λ1vy)(d_y - \lambda_1\mathbf v_y)(dy​−λ1​vy​), as in its proof.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the class is connected graphs, extremality is the hypothesis rather than a consequence, the eigenvector is universally quantified, constants do not depend on nnn, and the clique size is free. A maximizer exists for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Needed infrastructure: Perron–Frobenius for connected graphs, the Rayleigh-quotient characterization of λ1\lambda_1λ1​, Cauchy interlacing (or monotonicity of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ under subgraphs), and Hong's inequality. These are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Tait and J. Tobin, Three conjectures in extremal spectral graph theory, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B (2017); arXiv:1606.01916v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01916
  • M. Aouchiche, F. K. Bell, D. Cvetković, P. Hansen, P. Rowlinson, S. K. Simić and D. Stevanović, Variable neighborhood search for extremal graphs. 16. Some conjectures related to the largest eigenvalue of a graph, European J. Oper. Res. 191(3) (2008) 661–676. (Reference [3] of Tait–Tobin.)
  • Y. Hong, A bound on the spectral radius of graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 108 (1988) 135–139. (Reference [37].)
  • F. K. Bell, A note on the irregularity of graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 161 (1992) 45–54. (Reference [5].)
  • M. O. Albertson, The irregularity of a graph, Ars Combin. 46 (1997) 219–225. (Reference [1].)
  • V. Nikiforov, Eigenvalues and degree deviation in graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 414(1) (2006) 347–360. (Reference [26].)
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Proof of the Block Model Threshold Conjecture: If s² > d, a Labelling of G(n, a/n, b/n) Correlated with the Planted Partition Can Be Found Asymptotically Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

The stochastic block model is the basic random-graph model of a network with communities. It serves as a test bed for clustering algorithms in statistics, machine learning and theoretical computer science. In its sparse two-community form, each vertex has a constant expected degree, and the question is how much of the hidden partition a graph reveals. Using the cavity method of statistical physics, Decelle, Krzakala, Moore and Zdeborová (arXiv:1109.3041, 2011) conjectured a sharp threshold: one can label the vertices better than chance when the signal-to-noise ratio s2/ds^2/ds2/d exceeds one, and not otherwise.

Timeline:

  • 2011. Decelle, Krzakala, Moore and Zdeborová state the threshold conjecture, from belief propagation and the stability of its fixed point.
  • 2012. Mossel, Neeman and Sly prove the impossibility half: for s2≤ds^2\le ds2≤d no estimator is correlated with the planted partition. They also show that s2=ds^2=ds2=d is the threshold for distinguishing the model from an Erdős–Rényi graph (arXiv:1202.1499).
  • 2013. Krzakala, Moore, Mossel, Neeman, Sly, Zdeborová and Zhang propose spectral algorithms based on the non-backtracking matrix (arXiv:1306.5550).
  • 2013–2015. Mossel, Neeman and Sly prove the achievability half (arXiv:1311.4115, the source of this mission), with an algorithm built from counts of non-backtracking paths. Massoulié independently gives a different proof via self-avoiding path counts (arXiv:1311.3085).

Setting

Fix a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 and let nnn be the number of vertices. In G(n,a/n,b/n)\mathcal G(n,a/n,b/n)G(n,a/n,b/n) every vertex uuu receives, independently and uniformly, a label σu∈{+1,−1}\sigma_u\in\{+1,-1\}σu​∈{+1,−1}. Then each unordered pair {u,v}\{u,v\}{u,v} is an edge independently, with probability a/na/na/n if σu=σv\sigma_u=\sigma_vσu​=σv​ and b/nb/nb/n otherwise. Write

d=a+b2,s=a−b2,d=\frac{a+b}{2},\qquad s=\frac{a-b}{2},d=2a+b​,s=2a−b​,

for the average degree and the signal strength; sss may be negative.

An estimator τ^\hat\tauτ^ receives only the graph GGG and outputs a labelling, possibly at random. Its overlap with the planted labelling is ∣1n∑vσvτ^v∣\bigl|\frac1n\sum_v\sigma_v\hat\tau_v\bigr|​n1​∑v​σv​τ^v​​, with an absolute value because the two communities carry no names. A uniformly random guess has overlap of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2.

The proof works with paths γ=(u0,…,uk)\gamma=(u_0,\dots,u_k)γ=(u0​,…,uk​) in the complete graph: consecutive vertices distinct. A path is non-backtracking if ui≠ui+2u_i\ne u_{i+2}ui​=ui+2​ and self-avoiding if all its vertices are distinct. With We=1e∈E(G)−d/nW_e=\mathbf 1_{e\in E(G)}-d/nWe​=1e∈E(G)​−d/n and Xγ=∏iW{ui−1,ui}X_\gamma=\prod_iW_{\{u_{i-1},u_i\}}Xγ​=∏i​W{ui−1​,ui​}​, the path sums Nu,v(k)N^{(k)}_{u,v}Nu,v(k)​ and Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​ add XγX_\gammaXγ​ over the non-backtracking, respectively self-avoiding, paths of length kkk from uuu to vvv. An ℓ\ellℓ-tangle is a connected subgraph of diameter at most 2ℓ2\ell2ℓ that contains two cycles.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For fixed a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 with s2>ds^2>ds2>d there are an estimator τ^\hat\tauτ^ and an ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 with

lim⁡n→∞P[∣1n∑vσvτ^v∣≥ε]=1.\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathbb P\Bigl[\Bigl|\frac1n\sum_v\sigma_v\hat\tau_v\Bigr|\ge\varepsilon\Bigr]=1 .n→∞lim​P[​n1​v∑​σv​τ^v​​≥ε]=1.

The goal fixes neither ε\varepsilonε nor the algorithm, so it is the weakest form of the conjecture.

Companions

  • Theorem 2.2: the same conclusion for slowly growing an,bn=no(1/log⁡log⁡n)a_n,b_n=n^{o(1/\log\log n)}an​,bn​=no(1/loglogn) with sn2/dn≥λ>1s_n^2/d_n\ge\lambda>1sn2​/dn​≥λ>1.
  • Theorem 2.3: recovery of all but o(n)o(n)o(n) vertices when sn2/dn→∞s_n^2/d_n\to\inftysn2​/dn​→∞.

Milestones

  • Claim 4.3 and Lemma 4.7: counting paths by their new, old and returning steps and by their tangles.
  • Lemma 5.1 for m=1m=1m=1: the expected weight of a self-avoiding path or simple cycle is exactly σuσvsz/nz\sigma_u\sigma_vs^z/n^zσu​σv​sz/nz.
  • Lemma 6.2: the graph is ℓ\ellℓ-tangle-free with probability 1−n−1+o(1)1-n^{-1+o(1)}1−n−1+o(1).
  • Theorem 2.8 (1)–(4): the first and second moments of Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​, the decorrelation of path sums for disjoint pairs, and the closeness of Nu,v(k)N^{(k)}_{u,v}Nu,v(k)​ to Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​.
  • Lemma 3.5: the aggregate path sum between two small vertex sets.
  • Lemma 3.7: on the Poisson(ddd) Galton–Watson tree whose labels are copied along each edge with probability a/(a+b)a/(a+b)a/(a+b) and flipped otherwise, the depth-RRR label sum ΨR+\Psi^+_RΨR+​ of a tree with root label +1+1+1 satisfies P[ΨR+≥ξκsR]≥12+2ε\mathbb P[\Psi^+_R\ge\xi\kappa s^R]\ge\tfrac12+2\varepsilonP[ΨR+​≥ξκsR]≥21​+2ε for an independent uniform ξ\xiξ on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] and all large RRR.

Significance

Together with the impossibility result for s2≤ds^2\le ds2≤d, Theorem 2.1 establishes s2=ds^2=ds2=d as the detection threshold of the sparse two-community block model, a threshold first predicted by statistical physics. It equals the Kesten–Stigum bound for reconstruction on the Poisson Galton–Watson tree with the Ising channel, which locally describes the model. The non-backtracking and self-avoiding path statistics behind it led to the later spectral analyses of the non-backtracking matrix and to the multi-community theory.

The theorem is proved on paper. As far as is known, none of its ingredients is machine-checked: no formal statement of the block model, of path-count moments in sparse random graphs, or of tangle-freeness exists in Mathlib. The mission produces a faithful statement of the threshold theorem together with the first-moment, second-moment and combinatorial estimates the proof rests on. These can be attacked independently.

Difficulty

The obvious approach estimates σuσv\sigma_u\sigma_vσu​σv​ by the sign of the number of length-kkk paths between uuu and vvv, with k≈αlog⁡nk\approx\alpha\log nk≈αlogn. Its mean is right: it is of order sk/ns^k/nsk/n. Its variance is not under control. With probability about n−m2n^{-m^2}n−m2 a clique of size mmm appears near uuu and vvv, and on that event the number of paths is so large that the expectation is dominated by a rare configuration. A plain second-moment argument therefore fails. The rare dense structures (tangles) must be excluded by conditioning, and the non-backtracking count must be compared with the self-avoiding one, whose moments can be computed. Even then, the second moment determines σuσv\sigma_u\sigma_vσu​σv​ only with probability bounded away from 1/21/21/2. Turning many weakly correlated pairwise estimates into a globally correlated labelling is a separate step close to the threshold, where s2/ds^2/ds2/d is barely above one.

Formalization scope

Everything is a finite sum. Vertices are Fin n, graphs SimpleGraph (Fin n), labellings Fin n → Bool. The joint law of (σ,G)(\sigma,G)(σ,G) is written as an explicit weight. Conditioning on the labels of a vertex set UUU is a weighted average with positive denominator 2−∣U∣2^{-|U|}2−∣U∣. An estimator is a map from graphs to PMFs on labellings, so it never sees σ\sigmaσ and may be randomized. Its success probability is the probability that the overlap, with absolute value, is at least ε\varepsilonε, for an ε\varepsilonε fixed before nnn.

Asymptotic notation follows §1.3 of the paper. n−1+o(1)n^{-1+o(1)}n−1+o(1) is n−1+cnn^{-1+c_n}n−1+cn​ for an explicit cn→0c_n\to0cn​→0 chosen before the vertices, sets and labellings it is uniform over. "Sets of size no(1)n^{o(1)}no(1)" in a hypothesis means: for every en→0e_n\to0en​→0, all sets of size at most nenn^{e_n}nen​. Assumption 2.7 (s,d=no(1/log⁡log⁡n)s,d=n^{o(1/\log\log n)}s,d=no(1/loglogn) and log⁡log⁡n≪ℓ≪log⁡n\log\log n\ll\ell\ll\sqrt{\log n}loglogn≪ℓ≪logn​) and the preamble of Theorem 2.8 (s2/d≥λ>1s^2/d\ge\lambda>1s2/d≥λ>1, the choice of α\alphaα, k=⌈αlog⁡n⌉k=\lceil\alpha\log n\rceilk=⌈αlogn⌉) are shared definitions, so the four displays of Theorem 2.8 cannot drift apart. Non-asymptotic statements assume 0<a,b<n0<a,b<n0<a,b<n, which is Definition 1.1's q,q′∈(0,1)q,q'\in(0,1)q,q′∈(0,1).

Three printed slips are corrected and disclosed. Theorem 2.8 (2) carries the square (s2/(s2−d))2(s^2/(s^2-d))^2(s2/(s2−d))2 that the proof's display (17) gives. Theorem 2.8 (4) uses ∣s∣k|s|^k∣s∣k, since sss may be negative. Lemma 4.7 assumes distinct endpoints, as all its uses do.

The labelled branching tree of Lemma 3.7 is encoded by its generation counts: the numbers of +1+1+1 and −1-1−1 labelled vertices at depth rrr form a two-type Poisson chain on N2\mathbb N^2N2, which has the same law by Poisson thinning and superposition. Lemma 3.7 assumes s>0s>0s>0, the standing assumption of its section, and is stated for all sufficiently large RRR, the range its proof covers.

The statements rule out the trivial readings: the estimator cannot see σ\sigmaσ, the overlap carries its absolute value, ε\varepsilonε does not depend on nnn, antecedent o(1)o(1)o(1) bounds are universally quantified, and the model's weights are genuine probabilities for all large nnn.

Reusable infrastructure includes the finite-sum stochastic block model, path edge-type counts, and tangle-freeness. The weights of independent-edge random graphs and the Poisson Galton–Watson tree with the Ising broadcast are also of independent use. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on infrastructure lemmas such as normalisation of the model's weights and independence of distinct edges given the labels, and on the steps of §3 that connect Theorem 2.8 to the goal.

Selected references

  • E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, A Proof of the Block Model Threshold Conjecture, arXiv:1311.4115v4, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.4115
  • E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, Reconstruction and Estimation in the Planted Partition Model, Probab. Theory Related Fields 162 (2015). https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.1499
  • A. Decelle, F. Krzakala, C. Moore, L. Zdeborová, Asymptotic analysis of the stochastic block model for modular networks and its algorithmic applications, Phys. Rev. E 84 (2011). https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.3041
  • F. Krzakala, C. Moore, E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, L. Zdeborová, P. Zhang, Spectral redemption in clustering sparse networks, PNAS 110 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.5550
  • L. Massoulié, Community detection thresholds and the weak Ramanujan property, STOC 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.3085
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Algebraic GeometryDiscrete Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Number of Incidences Between Points and Planes in Three Dimensions: m Points and n ≤ m Planes in P³ (char ≠ 2, n = O(p²)) Have O(m√n + km) Incidences, k the Maximum Number of Collinear PlanesResearch Paper

Motivation

Incidence bounds count how often points can lie on lines, planes or other simple objects. Over the reals the model result is the Szemerédi–Trotter theorem for points and lines in the plane (Szemerédi–Trotter 1983). Its proofs use the order or topology of R\mathbb RR (cuttings, crossing numbers, polynomial partitioning), so they say nothing over finite fields or fields of positive characteristic. These are the settings that matter for the sum–product problem in Fp\mathbb F_pFp​ and for the finite-field versions of Erdős-type distance problems, where the absence of an incidence theorem was long the bottleneck.

M. Rudnev, On the number of incidences between points and planes in three dimensions (Combinatorica 38 (2018), doi:10.1007/s00493-016-3329-6), proves a point–plane incidence bound in P3\mathbb P^3P3 valid over every field of characteristic ≠2\neq2=2, with a constraint only in terms of the characteristic. It became the standard tool for sum–product estimates in positive characteristic: for example, Roche-Newton, Rudnev and Shkredov and Stevens and de Zeeuw build their bounds on it.

Timeline:

  • 2010: Guth and Katz settle the Erdős distinct-distances problem in R2\mathbb R^2R2 via a bound on line–line incidences in R3\mathbb R^3R3 (arXiv:1011.4105). The part of their argument that uses no ordering of R\mathbb RR rests on the Cayley–Salmon–Monge theorem on ruled surfaces.
  • 2014: Kollár carries the Guth–Katz line–line bound over to arbitrary fields under the constraint n=O(p2)n=O(p^2)n=O(p2) (arXiv:1405.2243).
  • 2014–2015: Rudnev (arXiv:1407.0426, versions v1–v5) reduces point–plane incidences in P3\mathbb P^3P3 to line–line incidences on a three-dimensional quadric in P5\mathbb P^5P5, and proves the line–line bound there.
  • 2016: de Zeeuw gives a shorter proof of the same bound, using the Guth–Katz–Kollár line theorem in P3\mathbb P^3P3 (arXiv:1612.02719).

Setting

Let F\mathbb FF be a field and P3\mathbb P^3P3 the projective three-space over F\mathbb FF. A point q=(q0:q1:q2:q3)q=(q_0:q_1:q_2:q_3)q=(q0​:q1​:q2​:q3​) and a plane π=(π0:π1:π2:π3)\pi=(\pi_0:\pi_1:\pi_2:\pi_3)π=(π0​:π1​:π2​:π3​) are both nonzero vectors of F4\mathbb F^4F4 up to scaling. The point lies on the plane, q∈πq\in\piq∈π, when q0π0+q1π1+q2π2+q3π3=0q_0\pi_0+q_1\pi_1+q_2\pi_2+q_3\pi_3=0q0​π0​+q1​π1​+q2​π2​+q3​π3​=0. A line of P3\mathbb P^3P3 is a 2-dimensional subspace of F4\mathbb F^4F4. For finite sets PPP of mmm points and Π\PiΠ of nnn planes, the incidence count is

∣I(P,Π)∣=#{(q,π)∈P×Π: q∈π}.|I(P,\Pi)|=\#\{(q,\pi)\in P\times\Pi:\ q\in\pi\}.∣I(P,Π)∣=#{(q,π)∈P×Π: q∈π}.

The collinearity parameter kkk is the largest number of planes of Π\PiΠ that contain a common line.

The proof works in the space of lines of P3\mathbb P^3P3. The line through qqq and uuu has Plücker vector L=(P01:P02:P03:P23:P31:P12)∈P5L=(P_{01}:P_{02}:P_{03}:P_{23}:P_{31}:P_{12})\in\mathbb P^5L=(P01​:P02​:P03​:P23​:P31​:P12​)∈P5, Pij=qiuj−qjuiP_{ij}=q_iu_j-q_ju_iPij​=qi​uj​−qj​ui​. These vectors fill the Klein quadric K={P01P23+P02P31+P03P12=0}\mathcal K=\{P_{01}P_{23}+P_{02}P_{31}+P_{03}P_{12}=0\}K={P01​P23​+P02​P31​+P03​P12​=0}. A point qqq defines its α-plane (the lines through qqq) and a plane π\piπ its β-plane (the lines in π\piπ), both projective planes inside K\mathcal KK. Cutting K\mathcal KK with a hyperplane SSS that is not tangent to it gives a three-quadric G=K∩S⊂S≅P4\mathcal G=\mathcal K\cap S\subset S\cong\mathbb P^4G=K∩S⊂S≅P4, and every α- and β-plane meets G\mathcal GG in a line.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

There are absolute constants c,C>0c,C>0c,C>0 such that for every field F\mathbb FF of characteristic ≠2\neq2=2, every set PPP of mmm points and every set Π\PiΠ of n≤mn\le mn≤m planes in P3\mathbb P^3P3, with n≤cp2n\le cp^2n≤cp2 when F\mathbb FF has positive characteristic ppp,

∣I(P,Π)∣≤C(mn+km).|I(P,\Pi)|\le C\big(m\sqrt n+km\big).∣I(P,Π)∣≤C(mn​+km).

In characteristic 000 there is no constraint on nnn.

Milestones

The proof decomposes as: point–plane incidences in P3\mathbb P^3P3 equal line–line incidences between two families of mutually skew lines in G\mathcal GG (Lemma 9), and those are bounded by

∣I(Lα,Lβ)∣≤C(mn+km)(Theorem 12),|I(L_\alpha,L_\beta)|\le C\big(m\sqrt n+km\big)\qquad(\text{Theorem 12}),∣I(Lα​,Lβ​)∣≤C(mn​+km)(Theorem 12),

where kkk now counts lines of LβL_\betaLβ​ in a three-dimensional section of G\mathcal GG. The supporting milestones are: the incidence criterion (9) for Plücker vectors, the intersection pattern of α- and β-planes, Lemma 6 on sections of G\mathcal GG, the generic projection from P4\mathbb P^4P4 to P3\mathbb P^3P3, the existence of a low-degree vanishing polynomial, the bound of ddd zeros on a line, and Salmon's theorem (Theorem 2) on surfaces with many lines.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives the incidence bound O(mn+km)O(m\sqrt n+km)O(mn​+km) with no assumption on the field beyond characteristic. The paper shows that its main term is sharp in positive characteristic under the constraint min⁡(m,n)=O(p2)\min(m,n)=O(p^2)min(m,n)=O(p2) alone (Remark 4), and that the bound is tight for n=mn=mn=m, k=mk=\sqrt mk=m​ (§6.2). It yields the paper's applications (distinct bilinear products of a planar point set over Fp\mathbb F_pFp​, and a pinned Erdős distance bound in positive characteristic), and it is the incidence input to sum–product estimates over Fp\mathbb F_pFp​ such as ∣AA∣+∣A+A∣≫∣A∣6/5|AA|+|A+A|\gg|A|^{6/5}∣AA∣+∣A+A∣≫∣A∣6/5.

The theorem is proved and published; it is not open. As far as is known, neither it nor its ingredients (the Klein correspondence in Plücker coordinates, the Guth–Katz polynomial argument over an arbitrary field, Salmon's theorem) has a machine-checked proof. This mission's statements give a formal target for the whole chain. Several milestones (the Plücker incidence criterion, the vanishing polynomial, zeros on a line, the generic projection) are standard facts of projective geometry over arbitrary fields that are useful well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious route, cell decomposition by polynomial partitioning as over R\mathbb RR, fails over a general field: there is no ordering, so no cells. The Guth–Katz algebraic argument survives, but in P3\mathbb P^3P3 it needs the hypothesis that few lines are concurrent, which point–plane arrangements violate. Rudnev's way out is to move the problem into the three-quadric G\mathcal GG. There the two line families are skew within themselves, and the collinearity parameter kkk becomes a count of lines in a three-dimensional section of G\mathcal GG.

The hard step is Theorem 12. It needs the polynomial method over an arbitrary field together with Salmon's theorem on flecnodal surfaces. That theorem holds in characteristic ppp only for degree d<pd<pd<p, which is the source of the constraint n=O(p2)n=O(p^2)n=O(p2). It also needs a structure theory of ruled surfaces to rule out many incidences inside non-quadric ruled components. Salmon's theorem alone has no formal proof anywhere.

Formalization scope

Points and planes of P3\mathbb P^3P3 are elements of Mathlib's ℙ F (Fin 4 → F). Finite sets of them are Finsets of projective classes, so they contain distinct points and planes. Incidence is Projectivization.orthogonal. Lines of P3\mathbb P^3P3, P4\mathbb P^4P4 and P5\mathbb P^5P5 are 2-dimensional subspaces. Two lines meet when their intersection is a nonzero subspace, and they are skew when it is zero. Plücker vectors are indexed in the order (P01,P02,P03,P23,P31,P12)(P_{01},P_{02},P_{03},P_{23},P_{31},P_{12})(P01​,P02​,P03​,P23​,P31​,P12​). A hyperplane SSS of P5\mathbb P^5P5 is given by its covector (u:w)(\boldsymbol u:\boldsymbol w)(u:w), and "not tangent to K\mathcal KK" is u⋅w≠0\boldsymbol u\cdot\boldsymbol w\neq0u⋅w=0. A three-subspace of SSS is a 4-dimensional subspace of SSS.

Committed conventions:

  • The constants ccc and CCC of Theorems 3 and 12 are quantified before the field and the configuration, because the paper declares O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and ccc absolute (p. 1).
  • "n=O(p2)n=O(p^2)n=O(p2)" is read as n≤cp2n\le cp^2n≤cp2 for an existential absolute c>0c>0c>0. It applies only in positive characteristic.
  • kkk is any upper bound on the relevant count, which is equivalent to the maximum because the bound is monotone in kkk.
  • The field ranges over Type. Bounds are stated in R\mathbb RR, and Salmon's threshold d(11d−24)d(11d-24)d(11d−24) is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ.
  • "Ruled" means that every point of the surface lies on a line contained in it.
  • Lemma 6 carries the hypothesis S1≠S2S_1\neq S_2S1​=S2​, without which it is false.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded:

  • the constants may not depend on the field, the characteristic or kkk;
  • the characteristic constraint is not imposed in characteristic 000, where it would force n=0n=0n=0;
  • kkk is not a junk supremum over the infinitely many lines;
  • vector Finsets that would count one point twice are not used;
  • Theorem 12 is about lines in G⊂P4\mathcal G\subset\mathbb P^4G⊂P4, not lines in P3\mathbb P^3P3 (that would be the Guth–Katz theorem, with different hypotheses).

A complete development needs Plücker coordinates and the Klein correspondence over arbitrary fields, homogeneous polynomials on P3\mathbb P^3P3 and their zero sets, irreducible factorization, Salmon's theorem, and the Guth–Katz induction. Lemma 8 of the paper (generators of ruled surfaces as curves in K\mathcal KK) is not posed. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the projective-geometry milestones as standalone Mathlib-style lemmas.

Selected references

  • M. Rudnev, On the number of incidences between points and planes in three dimensions, Combinatorica 38 (2018); arXiv:1407.0426v5 (the version formalized). https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0426
  • L. Guth, N. H. Katz, On the Erdős distinct distances problem in the plane, Ann. of Math. 181 (2015) 155–190. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.4105
  • J. Kollár, Szemerédi–Trotter-type theorems in dimension 3, Adv. Math. 271 (2015) 30–61. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.2243
  • J. F. Voloch, Surfaces in P3\mathbb P^3P3 over finite fields, Contemp. Math. 324 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1090/conm/324
  • F. de Zeeuw, A short proof of Rudnev's point-plane incidence bound, arXiv:1612.02719 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.02719
  • E. Szemerédi, W. T. Trotter, Extremal problems in discrete geometry, Combinatorica 3 (1983) 381–392. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579194
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Algebraic TopologyLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Isoperimetric Inequalities in Simplicial Complexes 1: For a Finite d-Complex with a Complete Skeleton, the Spectral Gap Is at Most the Cheeger Constant, λ(X) ≤ h(X)Research Paper

Motivation

For a finite graph, the Cheeger constant measures how hard it is to cut the vertex set into two pieces, and the spectral gap of the graph Laplacian measures how fast random walks mix. The two Cheeger inequalities (Dodziuk 1984; Alon and Milman 1985; Alon 1986) bound each quantity by a function of the other, and they underlie the theory of expander graphs, with uses in derandomization, error-correcting codes and the analysis of Markov chains.

High-dimensional expanders extend this theory from graphs to simplicial complexes. Linial and Meshulam (2006) and Gromov (2010) introduced combinatorial and topological notions of expansion for complexes; the spectral side is Eckmann's discrete Hodge theory (1944), in which each dimension carries its own Laplacian. Parzanchevski, Rosenthal and Tessler (arXiv:1207.0638, Combinatorica 2015) defined a ddd-dimensional Cheeger constant h(X)h(X)h(X) through partitions of the vertices into d+1d+1d+1 blocks and proved the analogue of the upper Cheeger inequality, λ(X)≤h(X)\lambda(X)\le h(X)λ(X)≤h(X), for complexes with a complete skeleton. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

Let V={0,1,…,n−1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n-1\}V={0,1,…,n−1} and d≥1d\ge1d≥1. A finite ddd-complex with a complete skeleton XXX on VVV consists of all subsets of VVV with at most ddd elements together with a set XdX^dXd of (d+1)(d+1)(d+1)-element subsets, the ddd-cells. A set of j+1j+1j+1 vertices is a jjj-cell; Xd−1X^{d-1}Xd−1 is therefore the set of all ddd-element subsets.

Each cell is oriented by the increasing order of its vertices, σ=[σ0,…,σj]\sigma=[\sigma_0,\dots,\sigma_j]σ=[σ0​,…,σj​] with σ0<⋯<σj\sigma_0<\dots<\sigma_jσ0​<⋯<σj​. The space Ωj\Omega^{j}Ωj of jjj-forms consists of the real functions on jjj-cells, with inner product

⟨f,g⟩=∑σ∈Xjf(σ)g(σ).\langle f,g\rangle=\sum_{\sigma\in X^{j}}f(\sigma)g(\sigma).⟨f,g⟩=σ∈Xj∑​f(σ)g(σ).

The co-boundary ∂d∗:Ωd−1→Ωd\partial_d^*:\Omega^{d-1}\to\Omega^d∂d∗​:Ωd−1→Ωd and the boundaries ∂d:Ωd→Ωd−1\partial_d:\Omega^d\to\Omega^{d-1}∂d​:Ωd→Ωd−1, ∂d−1:Ωd−1→Ωd−2\partial_{d-1}:\Omega^{d-1}\to\Omega^{d-2}∂d−1​:Ωd−1→Ωd−2 are

(∂d∗f)(τ)=∑i=0d(−1)if(τ∖τi),(∂jg)(σ)=∑v∼σg([v,σ0,…,σj−1]),(\partial_d^*f)(\tau)=\sum_{i=0}^d(-1)^i f(\tau\setminus\tau_i),\qquad (\partial_j g)(\sigma)=\sum_{v\sim\sigma}g([v,\sigma_0,\dots,\sigma_{j-1}]),(∂d∗​f)(τ)=i=0∑d​(−1)if(τ∖τi​),(∂j​g)(σ)=v∼σ∑​g([v,σ0​,…,σj−1​]),

where v∼σv\sim\sigmav∼σ means that v∉σv\notin\sigmav∈/σ and {v}∪σ\{v\}\cup\sigma{v}∪σ is a cell, and [v,σ0,… ][v,\sigma_0,\dots][v,σ0​,…] equals (−1)k(-1)^k(−1)k times the increasingly oriented cell when vvv has kkk smaller vertices in σ\sigmaσ. The upper Laplacian is Δ+=∂d∂d∗\Delta^+=\partial_d\partial_d^*Δ+=∂d​∂d∗​ on Ωd−1\Omega^{d-1}Ωd−1, and Zd−1=ker⁡∂d−1Z_{d-1}=\ker\partial_{d-1}Zd−1​=ker∂d−1​ is the space of (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cycles.

The spectral gap is the least eigenvalue of Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ on the cycles (Definition 2.1):

λ(X)=min⁡Spec⁡(Δ+∣Zd−1).\lambda(X)=\min\operatorname{Spec}\big(\Delta^+|_{Z_{d-1}}\big).λ(X)=minSpec(Δ+∣Zd−1​​).

For sets A0,…,Ad⊆VA_0,\dots,A_d\subseteq VA0​,…,Ad​⊆V, let F(A0,…,Ad)F(A_0,\dots,A_d)F(A0​,…,Ad​) be the set of ddd-cells with exactly one vertex in each AiA_iAi​. The Cheeger constant is (Definition 1.1)

h(X)=min⁡V=∐i=0dAin⋅∣F(A0,…,Ad)∣∣A0∣⋅∣A1∣⋯∣Ad∣,h(X)=\min_{V=\coprod_{i=0}^dA_i}\frac{n\cdot|F(A_0,\dots,A_d)|}{|A_0|\cdot|A_1|\cdots|A_d|},h(X)=V=∐i=0d​Ai​min​∣A0​∣⋅∣A1​∣⋯∣Ad​∣n⋅∣F(A0​,…,Ad​)∣​,

the minimum over partitions of VVV into nonempty sets A0,…,AdA_0,\dots,A_dA0​,…,Ad​. For d=1d=1d=1, Z0Z_0Z0​ is the space of functions summing to zero, Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ is the graph Laplacian, and hhh is the usual Cheeger constant min⁡A n∣E(A,Aˉ)∣/(∣A∣∣Aˉ∣)\min_{A}\,n|E(A,\bar A)|/(|A||\bar A|)minA​n∣E(A,Aˉ)∣/(∣A∣∣Aˉ∣).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2 (Cheeger Inequality)

λ(X)≤h(X)\lambda(X)\le h(X)λ(X)≤h(X)

for every finite ddd-complex XXX with a complete skeleton on n≥d+1n\ge d+1n≥d+1 vertices.

Milestones

  1. The chain-complex identity ∂d−1∂d=0\partial_{d-1}\partial_d=0∂d−1​∂d​=0 (p. 6).
  2. The form fff of (4.1), built from a partition, is a (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cycle (p. 12).
  3. ∂d∗\partial_d^*∂d∗​ is the adjoint of ∂d\partial_d∂d​: ⟨∂dg,f⟩=⟨g,∂d∗f⟩\langle\partial_dg,f\rangle=\langle g,\partial_d^*f\rangle⟨∂d​g,f⟩=⟨g,∂d∗​f⟩ (p. 6).
  4. Rayleigh's principle (4.2): λ(X)⟨f,f⟩≤⟨Δ+f,f⟩=⟨∂d∗f,∂d∗f⟩\lambda(X)\langle f,f\rangle\le\langle\Delta^+f,f\rangle=\langle\partial_d^*f,\partial_d^*f\rangleλ(X)⟨f,f⟩≤⟨Δ+f,f⟩=⟨∂d∗​f,∂d∗​f⟩ for f∈Zd−1f\in Z_{d-1}f∈Zd−1​ (p. 12).
  5. ⟨f,f⟩=n∏i=0d∣Ai∣\langle f,f\rangle=n\prod_{i=0}^d|A_i|⟨f,f⟩=n∏i=0d​∣Ai​∣ for the form (4.1) (p. 13).
  6. (4.3): ∣(∂d∗f)(σ)∣|(\partial_d^*f)(\sigma)|∣(∂d∗​f)(σ)∣ equals nnn for σ∈F(A0,…,Ad)\sigma\in F(A_0,\dots,A_d)σ∈F(A0​,…,Ad​) and 000 for the other ddd-cells (p. 13).
  7. ⟨∂d∗f,∂d∗f⟩=n2∣F(A0,…,Ad)∣\langle\partial_d^*f,\partial_d^*f\rangle=n^2|F(A_0,\dots,A_d)|⟨∂d∗​f,∂d∗​f⟩=n2∣F(A0​,…,Ad​)∣ (p. 14).

Milestones 2 and 5–7 hold for every partition, not only a minimizing one.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.2 shows that a large spectral gap forces every partition of the vertices into d+1d+1d+1 blocks to be crossed by many ddd-cells, so spectral information certifies combinatorial expansion of a complex. The paper uses it with the spectral analysis of Gundert and Wagner to show that Linial–Meshulam random complexes X(d,n,Clog⁡n/n)X(d,n,C\log n/n)X(d,n,Clogn/n) have Cheeger constant of order log⁡n\log nlogn for large CCC (Corollary 1.3). The paper also shows that the converse direction fails: a triangulation of the Möbius strip has h(X)=114h(X)=1\tfrac14h(X)=141​ but λ(X)=0\lambda(X)=0λ(X)=0, so no lower bound of the form C⋅h(X)m≤λ(X)C\cdot h(X)^m\le\lambda(X)C⋅h(X)m≤λ(X) holds.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. A formal proof requires a signed simplicial chain complex with explicit orientations, the adjoint relation between boundary and co-boundary, and a Rayleigh-quotient bound for a symmetric operator on an invariant subspace. These are the basic tools for any further formal work on spectral high-dimensional expansion, including the Mixing Lemma of the same paper (the companion mission of this series).

Difficulty

The graph proof plugs a two-valued test function into the Rayleigh quotient. In dimension ddd the test vector must be a (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cycle, and an indicator of a block is not one. The paper's form (4.1) assigns to a (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cell whose vertices meet ddd distinct blocks the size of the missing block, with the sign of a permutation of the blocks. Showing that this form is a cycle and that its co-boundary has absolute value exactly nnn on F(A0,…,Ad)F(A_0,\dots,A_d)F(A0​,…,Ad​) and 000 elsewhere is a case analysis over how the vertices of a cell fall into blocks, and every case depends on the orientation signs. A convention error in any of the operators or in the form makes one of these identities fail. A second, smaller difficulty is that λ(X)\lambda(X)λ(X) is a minimum over the spectrum on a subspace, so the Rayleigh bound must be proved for Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ restricted to Zd−1Z_{d-1}Zd−1​, which it preserves.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices are Fin n; a complex is a structure holding its ddd-cells as Finset (Finset (Fin n)), each of size d+1d+1d+1; the complete skeleton is built into the type. Complexes without ddd-cells are allowed.
  • Forms are EuclideanSpace ℝ over the subtype of kkk-element vertex sets, so no form is supported on sets of the wrong size. Ωd\Omega^dΩd is modelled on all (d+1)(d+1)(d+1)-element sets; ∂d∗\partial_d^*∂d∗​ vanishes off XdX^dXd and ∂d\partial_d∂d​ ignores values there.
  • Orientation is by the order of Fin n; the sign of vertex vvv in cell τ\tauτ is (−1)#{w∈τ:w<v}(-1)^{\#\{w\in\tau:w<v\}}(−1)#{w∈τ:w<v}. Boundary and co-boundary are both defined by their formulas; their adjointness is milestone 3.
  • The spectral gap is not defined by sInf. The goal states that some eigenvalue μ\muμ of Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ on Zd−1Z_{d-1}Zd−1​ (a nonzero cycle fff with Δ+f=μf\Delta^+f=\mu fΔ+f=μf) is at most the Cheeger ratio of every partition, which is equivalent to λ(X)≤h(X)\lambda(X)\le h(X)λ(X)≤h(X). A partition is a family A : Fin (d+1) → Finset (Fin n) of nonempty, pairwise disjoint sets covering the vertices.
  • Added hypotheses: d≥1d\ge1d≥1 (the Laplacians act on Ωd−1\Omega^{d-1}Ωd−1) and n≥d+1n\ge d+1n≥d+1 (presupposed by the paper, since hhh minimizes over partitions into d+1d+1d+1 nonempty sets; for n≤dn\le dn≤d the cycle space is 000).
  • Ruled out: forms supported off the ddd-element sets (they would be spurious cycles with eigenvalue 000), an eigenvalue set read through sInf (empty sets give 000), unsigned boundaries (for which ∂∂≠0\partial\partial\ne0∂∂=0), cocycles ker⁡∂d∗\ker\partial_d^*ker∂d∗​ in place of cycles ker⁡∂d−1\ker\partial_{d-1}ker∂d−1​ (on which Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ is zero), and arbitrary disjoint families in place of partitions (empty blocks give ratio 000).
  • Needed infrastructure: sign bookkeeping for faces of sorted finsets, the spectral theorem for symmetric operators on a finite-dimensional inner product space restricted to an invariant subspace (Mathlib's LinearMap.IsSymmetric), and counting cells by blocks of a partition. The chain-complex and adjointness lemmas are reusable in any formal development of simplicial Hodge theory; contributions there are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Parzanchevski, R. Rosenthal, R. J. Tessler, Isoperimetric inequalities in simplicial complexes, Combinatorica 35 (2015). arXiv:1207.0638v3, doi:10.1007/s00493-014-3002-x
  • B. Eckmann, Harmonische Funktionen und Randwertaufgaben in einem Komplex, Comment. Math. Helv. 17 (1944), no. 1, 240–255.
  • N. Alon, V. D. Milman, λ₁, isoperimetric inequalities for graphs, and superconcentrators, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 38 (1985), 73–88. doi:10.1016/0095-8956(85)90092-9
  • N. Linial, R. Meshulam, Homological connectivity of random 2-complexes, Combinatorica 26 (2006), 475–487. doi:10.1007/s00493-006-0027-9
  • A. Gundert, U. Wagner, On Laplacians of random complexes, Proceedings of the 2012 Symposium on Computational Geometry, ACM, 2012, 151–160.
  • M. Gromov, Singularities, expanders and topology of maps. Part 2: From combinatorics to topology via algebraic isoperimetry, Geom. Funct. Anal. 20 (2010), no. 2, 416–526.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algebraic TopologyLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Isoperimetric Inequalities in Simplicial Complexes 2: The Mixing Lemma — for Disjoint A_0,…,A_d in a Complex with a Complete Skeleton, ||F(A_0,…,A_d)| − α|A_0|⋯|A_d|/n| ≤ ρ_α(|A_0|⋯|A_d|)^(d/(d+1))Research Paper

Motivation

For a kkk-regular graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) on nnn vertices, the Expander Mixing Lemma (Alon–Chung 1988; see the survey of Hoory, Linial and Wigderson 2006) says that for any vertex sets A,BA,BA,B, the number of edges between them is close to its expected value: ∣∣E(A,B)∣−k∣A∣∣B∣/n∣≤ρ∣A∣∣B∣\bigl||E(A,B)|-k|A||B|/n\bigr|\le\rho\sqrt{|A||B|}​∣E(A,B)∣−k∣A∣∣B∣/n​≤ρ∣A∣∣B∣​, where ρ\rhoρ is the largest absolute value of a nontrivial eigenvalue of kI−Δ+kI-\Delta^+kI−Δ+. The deviation, called the discrepancy of AAA and BBB, measures how random-like the graph is. It is one of the basic tools of spectral graph theory and of the theory of expanders.

Higher-dimensional expansion asks the same questions for simplicial complexes, where the role of edges is played by ddd-dimensional cells. Parzanchevski, Rosenthal and Tessler (Combinatorica 35, 2015) prove, for complexes with a complete skeleton, a Cheeger inequality and a Mixing Lemma: the number of ddd-cells with one vertex in each of d+1d+1d+1 disjoint vertex sets is controlled by the spectrum of the upper Laplacian. The Mixing Lemma is the result of this mission. In the same paper it yields a lower bound on Gromov's geometric overlap (Gromov 2010) of complexes with a small spectral spread.

Setting

Let V={0,1,…,n−1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n-1\}V={0,1,…,n−1} and d≥1d\ge1d≥1. A ddd-dimensional complex with a complete skeleton XXX contains every set of at most ddd vertices as a cell, together with a set XdX^dXd of ddd-cells, each a set of d+1d+1d+1 vertices. Cells are oriented by the increasing order of their vertices.

A (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-form is a real function on the ddd-element subsets of VVV; the space Ωd−1\Omega^{d-1}Ωd−1 carries the inner product ⟨f,g⟩=∑σf(σ)g(σ)\langle f,g\rangle=\sum_\sigma f(\sigma)g(\sigma)⟨f,g⟩=∑σ​f(σ)g(σ). Similarly Ωd−2\Omega^{d-2}Ωd−2 consists of functions on (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-subsets (Ω−1=R{∅}\Omega^{-1}=\mathbb R^{\{\varnothing\}}Ω−1=R{∅} when d=1d=1d=1) and Ωd\Omega^dΩd of functions on ddd-cells. Writing σi\sigma_iσi​ for the iii-th vertex of σ\sigmaσ, the co-boundary operators are (∂j∗f)(σ)=∑i(−1)if(σ∖σi)(\partial^*_j f)(\sigma)=\sum_{i}(-1)^i f(\sigma\setminus\sigma_i)(∂j∗​f)(σ)=∑i​(−1)if(σ∖σi​) (for j=dj=dj=d only on σ∈Xd\sigma\in X^dσ∈Xd), and the boundary operators are (∂jg)(σ)=∑v∼σg(vσ)(\partial_j g)(\sigma)=\sum_{v\sim\sigma} g(v\sigma)(∂j​g)(σ)=∑v∼σ​g(vσ), the sum over vertices v∉σv\notin\sigmav∈/σ with {v}∪σ\{v\}\cup\sigma{v}∪σ a cell, where vσv\sigmavσ is the oriented cell [v,σ0,σ1,… ][v,\sigma_0,\sigma_1,\dots][v,σ0​,σ1​,…].

The upper, lower and full Laplacians on Ωd−1\Omega^{d-1}Ωd−1 are

Δ+=∂d∂d∗,Δ−=∂d−1∗∂d−1,Δ=Δ++Δ−.\Delta^+=\partial_d\partial^*_d,\qquad \Delta^-=\partial^*_{d-1}\partial_{d-1},\qquad \Delta=\Delta^++\Delta^-.Δ+=∂d​∂d∗​,Δ−=∂d−1∗​∂d−1​,Δ=Δ++Δ−.

The (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cycles are Zd−1=ker⁡∂d−1Z_{d-1}=\ker\partial_{d-1}Zd−1​=ker∂d−1​, and the exact forms are Bd−1=im⁡∂d−1∗B^{d-1}=\operatorname{im}\partial^*_{d-1}Bd−1=im∂d−1∗​; they are orthogonal complements in Ωd−1\Omega^{d-1}Ωd−1. Write PZd−1\mathbb P_{Z_{d-1}}PZd−1​​ and PBd−1\mathbb P_{B^{d-1}}PBd−1​ for the orthogonal projections. For vertex sets A0,…,AdA_0,\dots,A_dA0​,…,Ad​, F(A0,…,Ad)F(A_0,\dots,A_d)F(A0​,…,Ad​) is the set of ddd-cells with exactly one vertex in each AiA_iAi​.

For α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R the operator αI−Δ+\alpha I-\Delta^+αI−Δ+ preserves Zd−1Z_{d-1}Zd−1​, and

ρα=max⁡{∣μ∣  :  μ an eigenvalue of (αI−Δ+)∣Zd−1}=∥(αI−Δ+)∣Zd−1∥.\rho_\alpha=\max\bigl\{|\mu|\;:\;\mu\text{ an eigenvalue of }(\alpha I-\Delta^+)|_{Z_{d-1}}\bigr\}=\bigl\|(\alpha I-\Delta^+)|_{Z_{d-1}}\bigr\|.ρα​=max{∣μ∣:μ an eigenvalue of (αI−Δ+)∣Zd−1​​}=​(αI−Δ+)∣Zd−1​​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (1.4), the Mixing Lemma (p. 16)

For every α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R and any pairwise disjoint vertex sets A0,…,AdA_0,\dots,A_dA0​,…,Ad​ (not necessarily a partition),

∣ ∣F(A0,…,Ad)∣−α⋅∣A0∣⋯∣Ad∣n∣≤ρα⋅(∣A0∣⋯∣Ad∣)dd+1.\left|\,|F(A_0,\dots,A_d)|-\frac{\alpha\cdot|A_0|\cdots|A_d|}{n}\right|\le\rho_\alpha\cdot\bigl(|A_0|\cdots|A_d|\bigr)^{\frac d{d+1}}.​∣F(A0​,…,Ad​)∣−nα⋅∣A0​∣⋯∣Ad​∣​​≤ρα​⋅(∣A0​∣⋯∣Ad​∣)d+1d​.

The parameter α\alphaα is free; the introduction's Theorem 1.4 (p. 4) is the case α=k\alpha=kα=k, the average degree of a (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-cell, and is included as a companion item.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof of §4.3 and the facts of §§2–3 that it uses:

  1. the chain-complex identity ∂d−1∂d=0\partial_{d-1}\partial_d=0∂d−1​∂d​=0 and its dual, so Bd−1⊆ker⁡Δ+B^{d-1}\subseteq\ker\Delta^+Bd−1⊆kerΔ+ (p. 6), and Bd−1=Zd−1⊥B^{d-1}=Z_{d-1}^\perpBd−1=Zd−1⊥​ (p. 6);
  2. Proposition 3.2: ΔX‾+=nI−ΔX\Delta^+_{\overline X}=nI-\Delta_XΔX+​=nI−ΔX​ for the complement complex (3.4), and Δ−=n PBd−1\Delta^-=n\,\mathbb P_{B^{d-1}}Δ−=nPBd−1​ (3.5);
  3. for the signed indicator forms φ=δA0,A1,…,Ad−1\varphi=\delta_{A_0,A_1,\dots,A_{d-1}}φ=δA0​,A1​,…,Ad−1​​ and ψ=δAd,A1,…,Ad−1\psi=\delta_{A_d,A_1,\dots,A_{d-1}}ψ=δAd​,A1​,…,Ad−1​​: the norm identity (4.5), the count ⟨φ,(D−Δ+)ψ⟩=∣F(A0,…,Ad)∣\langle\varphi,(D-\Delta^+)\psi\rangle=|F(A_0,\dots,A_d)|⟨φ,(D−Δ+)ψ⟩=∣F(A0​,…,Ad​)∣ (4.6), its α\alphaα-shift (4.7), the splitting (4.8), the main term (4.9), the spectral bound (4.10)–(4.11);
  4. the asymmetric bound ρα∣A0∣∣Ad∣ ∣A1∣⋯∣Ad−1∣\rho_\alpha\sqrt{|A_0||A_d|}\,|A_1|\cdots|A_{d-1}|ρα​∣A0​∣∣Ad​∣​∣A1​∣⋯∣Ad−1​∣ and the geometric-mean step that symmetrizes it.

Significance

For d=1d=1d=1 the theorem is the Expander Mixing Lemma of graphs. For d≥2d\ge2d≥2 it shows that a complex whose upper Laplacian has its nontrivial spectrum concentrated near α\alphaα distributes its ddd-cells evenly across any d+1d+1d+1 disjoint vertex sets, with a bound that depends on the set sizes only through (∏∣Ai∣)d/(d+1)(\prod|A_i|)^{d/(d+1)}(∏∣Ai​∣)d/(d+1). The paper uses it to bound the geometric overlap of such complexes from below (Corollary 1.6), and to show that random Linial–Meshulam complexes (Linial–Meshulam 2006) have small discrepancy.

The result is proved in the paper. To the knowledge of this mission, neither it nor the underlying signed simplicial Laplacians with their Hodge decomposition on a complete skeleton has been formalized. The formalization produces the boundary and co-boundary operators, the three Laplacians, the identity for the complement complex, and the projection formula for Δ−\Delta^-Δ−, all of which are standard in the spectral theory of complexes and reusable well beyond this result.

Difficulty

Each step of the proof is a finite computation, but the steps are sign-sensitive. The count (4.6) relies on the orientation conventions: ψ\psiψ replaces only the first block of φ\varphiφ, and the off-diagonal terms of Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ carry the signs that make φ(σ)ψ(σ′)=+1\varphi(\sigma)\psi(\sigma')=+1φ(σ)ψ(σ′)=+1 on neighbouring cells. Proposition 3.2 (1) and (3) are identities between explicit matrices indexed by ddd-subsets that hold only because the skeleton is complete. The spectral step needs the orthogonal decomposition Ωd−1=Bd−1⊕Zd−1\Omega^{d-1}=B^{d-1}\oplus Z_{d-1}Ωd−1=Bd−1⊕Zd−1​, invariance of Zd−1Z_{d-1}Zd−1​ under Δ+\Delta^+Δ+, and the spectral theorem for the restriction. A direct transcription of the graph argument does not apply: the operators act on (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-forms rather than on functions on vertices, and the expected count α∏∣Ai∣/n\alpha\prod|A_i|/nα∏∣Ai​∣/n is not visible from Δ+\Delta^+Δ+ of XXX alone.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n. A complex is the structure Complex n d holding its ddd-cells, so the complete skeleton is built in; forms are EuclideanSpace ℝ over the subtype of kkk-element subsets of Fin n, oriented by the order of Fin n. All boundary and co-boundary operators are defined by their formulas, not as adjoints of one another. The standing assumption d≥1d\ge1d≥1 is added to every statement. The disjoint sets A0,…,AdA_0,\dots,A_dA0​,…,Ad​ form an arbitrary pairwise-disjoint family, some possibly empty; no partition and no bound n≥d+1n\ge d+1n≥d+1 is assumed. The exponent d/(d+1)d/(d+1)d/(d+1) is a real power of a nonnegative real.

ρα\rho_\alphaρα​ is not defined as a maximum or supremum: the goal is stated for every real ρ\rhoρ that bounds ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ for all eigenvalues μ\muμ of αI−Δ+\alpha I-\Delta^+αI−Δ+ on Zd−1Z_{d-1}Zd−1​, which is equivalent to the statement for ρα\rho_\alphaρα​. Trivializing formalizations are ruled out by construction: forms cannot be supported outside ddd-subsets (such a form would be a spurious cycle), an empty eigenvalue set cannot be read through a default sSup value, the boundary operators carry orientation signs, and disjoint families are not confused with partitions.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone, in particular a general library for signed boundary operators on finite complexes, the identity ∂∂=0\partial\partial=0∂∂=0, and the Hodge-type decomposition of forms, which are reusable for the Cheeger inequality of the companion mission and for other work on high-dimensional expanders.

Selected references

  • O. Parzanchevski, R. Rosenthal, R. J. Tessler, Isoperimetric inequalities in simplicial complexes, Combinatorica 35 (2015); arXiv:1207.0638v3 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1207.0638 , https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-014-3002-x
  • N. Alon, F. R. K. Chung, Explicit construction of linear sized tolerant networks, Discrete Mathematics 72 (1988). https://doi.org/10.1016/0012-365X(88)90189-6
  • S. Hoory, N. Linial, A. Wigderson, Expander graphs and their applications, Bulletin of the AMS 43 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1090/S0273-0979-06-01126-8
  • N. Linial, R. Meshulam, Homological connectivity of random 2-complexes, Combinatorica 26 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-006-0027-9
  • M. Gromov, Singularities, expanders and topology of maps. Part 2: From combinatorics to topology via algebraic isoperimetry, Geometric and Functional Analysis 20 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00039-010-0073-8
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Shorter Tours by Nicer Ears 3: Every 2-Edge-Connected Graph Has a 2-Edge-Connected Spanning Subgraph with at Most 4/3 LP(G) EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

Designing a network that survives the failure of any single link is a basic problem of network design: given a graph GGG whose links can be bought, choose as few links as possible so that the chosen subgraph still connects all vertices after any one of its links is removed. This is the minimum 2-edge-connected spanning subgraph problem (2ECSS). It is NP-hard, since the 2-edge-connected spanning subgraphs with ∣V(G)∣|V(G)|∣V(G)∣ edges are exactly the Hamiltonian circuits, and it is a relaxation of the graphic travelling salesman problem: every tour of a 2-edge-connected graph yields a 2ECSS with at most as many edges.

Timeline of approximation ratios for unweighted 2ECSS:

  • taking a spanning tree and doubling it gives ratio 2;
  • Khuller and Vishkin (1994) gave a 3/23/23/2-approximation;
  • Cheriyan, Sebő and Szigeti (2001) improved the ratio to 17/1217/1217/12, using ear-decompositions with few even ears;
  • Sebő and Vygen (2012, Combinatorica 2014) obtained 4/34/34/3, measured against the linear programming relaxation, as part of the same paper that gives 7/57/57/5 for graphic TSP and 3/23/23/2 for connected-TTT-joins (arXiv:1201.1870).

Setting

A graph GGG has finite vertex and edge sets; every edge has two distinct ends, and parallel edges are allowed. For W⊆V(G)W\subseteq V(G)W⊆V(G), δ(W)\delta(W)δ(W) is the set of edges with exactly one end in WWW, and for x∈RE(G)x\in\mathbb R^{E(G)}x∈RE(G) we write x(S)=∑e∈Sxex(S)=\sum_{e\in S}x_ex(S)=∑e∈S​xe​. An edge set F⊆E(G)F\subseteq E(G)F⊆E(G) is 2-edge-connected spanning (a 2ECSS of GGG) if (V(G),F)(V(G),F)(V(G),F) is connected and stays connected after the deletion of any single edge of FFF; GGG is 2-edge-connected if E(G)E(G)E(G) is.

The cut relaxation of 2ECSS is

LP(G)=min⁡{x(E(G)):x∈R≥0E(G), x(δ(W))≥2 for all ∅≠W⊊V(G)}.\mathrm{LP}(G)=\min\Bigl\{x(E(G)) : x\in\mathbb R^{E(G)}_{\ge0},\ x(\delta(W))\ge2\ \text{for all}\ \emptyset\ne W\subsetneq V(G)\Bigr\}.LP(G)=min{x(E(G)):x∈R≥0E(G)​, x(δ(W))≥2 for all ∅=W⊊V(G)}.

Every 2ECSS crosses every cut at least twice, so LP(G)≤OPT2EC(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)\le\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}(G)LP(G)≤OPT2EC​(G), the minimum size of a 2-edge-connected spanning multi-subgraph.

An ear-decomposition of GGG starts from a single vertex and adds ears P1,…,PkP_1,\dots,P_kP1​,…,Pk​: paths whose two ends, or circuits whose one vertex, lie on the earlier ears, and whose other (internal) vertices in(Pi)\mathrm{in}(P_i)in(Pi​) are new. The ears partition E(G)E(G)E(G). An ear of length lll is even if lll is even, nontrivial if l≥2l\ge2l≥2, and short if l∈{2,3}l\in\{2,3\}l∈{2,3}. A nontrivial ear is pendant if no nontrivial ear has an end among its internal vertices; π\piπ denotes the number of pendant ears. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) is the minimum number of even ears over all ear-decompositions, and Lφ(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1L_\varphi(G)=|V(G)|+\varphi(G)-1Lφ​(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1.

An ear-decomposition is nice if it has φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) even ears, all its short ears are pendant, and internal vertices of different short ears are non-adjacent. The internal vertex sets of its short ears avoiding a set TTT form an eardrum MMM. An earmuff chooses, for some F⊆MF\subseteq MF⊆M, a path PfP_fPf​ with in(Pf)=f\mathrm{in}(P_f)=fin(Pf​)=f for each f∈Ff\in Ff∈F so that the union of their edges is a forest. μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) is the largest such ∣F∣|F|∣F∣, and Lμ(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M)L_\mu(G,M)=|V(G)|-1+|M|-\mu(G,M)Lμ​(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M).

Formalization targets

Goal (Theorem 30, p. 22)

For every 2-edge-connected graph GGG there is a 2ECSS F⊆E(G)F\subseteq E(G)F⊆E(G) with

∣F∣ ≤ 43 LP(G).|F|\ \le\ \tfrac43\,\mathrm{LP}(G).∣F∣ ≤ 34​LP(G).

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Proposition 2: OPT(G)≥OPT2EC(G)≥LP(G)≥∣V(G)∣\mathrm{OPT}(G)\ge\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}(G)\ge\mathrm{LP}(G)\ge|V(G)|OPT(G)≥OPT2EC​(G)≥LP(G)≥∣V(G)∣.
  2. Proposition 4: OPT(G,T)\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)OPT(G,T), OPT2EC(G)\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}(G)OPT2EC​(G) and LP(G,T)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)LP(G,T) split additively over a cut vertex, so it suffices to treat 2-vertex-connected graphs.
  3. §1, p. 3: a tour in a 2-edge-connected graph gives a 2ECSS with at most as many edges.
  4. Theorem 7 (Frank): some even TTT has τ(G,T)=12Lφ(G)\tau(G,T)=\tfrac12L_\varphi(G)τ(G,T)=21​Lφ​(G).
  5. Theorem 19 (Cheriyan, Sebő, Szigeti): Lφ(G)≤LP(G)L_\varphi(G)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lφ​(G)≤LP(G).
  6. Corollary 21: Lμ(G,M)≤LP(G)L_\mu(G,M)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lμ​(G,M)≤LP(G).
  7. Lemma 23: a 2-vertex-connected graph has a nice ear-decomposition containing a maximum earmuff.
  8. Theorem 24: a connected-TTT-join, and for T=∅T=\emptysetT=∅ a tour, with at most Lμ(G,M)+12Lφ(G)−πL_\mu(G,M)+\tfrac12L_\varphi(G)-\piLμ​(G,M)+21​Lφ​(G)−π edges.
  9. Claim, p. 23: the nontrivial ears form a 2ECSS with at most 54Lφ(G)+12π\tfrac54L_\varphi(G)+\tfrac12\pi45​Lφ​(G)+21​π edges.

Significance

The theorem gives a polynomial-time 4/34/34/3-approximation for unweighted 2ECSS. Because it compares with LP(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)LP(G) rather than with the optimum, it also bounds the integrality ratio of the cut relaxation on unweighted instances by 4/34/34/3 (the paper's Corollary 31). The two lower bounds LφL_\varphiLφ​ and LμL_\muLμ​ and the construction of Theorem 24 are shared with the paper's 7/57/57/5 result for graphic TSP and its 3/23/23/2 result for connected-TTT-joins, so the milestones of this mission are also steps toward those results.

The theorem is proved in the paper, and to the best of current knowledge none of it is machine-checked: there is no formal development of ear-decompositions, of Frank's even-ear parameter φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G), or of 2ECSS approximation in Mathlib or on Prove2Me. The work here is formalizing the known proofs. Theorems 7 and 19 rest on classical results that are absent from Mathlib: Frank's theorem on ear-decompositions and the Edmonds–Johnson/Lovász packing of TTT-cuts.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the final step is short: 54+12⋅16=43\tfrac54+\tfrac12\cdot\tfrac16=\tfrac4345​+21​⋅61​=34​ and 32−16=43\tfrac32-\tfrac16=\tfrac4323​−61​=34​. The difficulty lies in the lower bounds and in the decomposition. A natural first idea is to bound every nontrivial ear by its internal vertices. This fails for 3-ears, whose three edges cover only two new vertices, and the paper handles them by making all short ears pendant and pairwise non-adjacent and then re-choosing them as a maximum earmuff. That step needs a matroid-intersection or forest-representative min-max theorem (Theorem 18), which in turn yields Lμ(G,M)≤LP(G)L_\mu(G,M)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lμ​(G,M)≤LP(G). The bound Lφ(G)≤LP(G)L_\varphi(G)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lφ​(G)≤LP(G) needs Frank's characterization of φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) through minimum TTT-joins together with the half-integral packing of TTT-cuts. None of this machinery exists formally yet.

Formalization scope

  • Graphs. Graphs are multigraphs: an edge type EEE with a map to unordered pairs of distinct vertices of VVV. 2G2G2G has edge type E×{0,1}E\times\{0,1\}E×{0,1}. Connectivity is that of the simple graph of pairs joined by at least one chosen edge. 2-edge-connectivity deletes one edge at a time, so two parallel edges are 2-edge-connected and a single edge is not.
  • Algorithms. All algorithmic statements (Theorems 7, 24, 30 and Lemma 23) are formalized as existence statements for every input; running times are not formalized.
  • LP bounds. "≤c⋅LP(G)\le c\cdot\mathrm{LP}(G)≤c⋅LP(G)" is stated as "≤c⋅x(E(G))\le c\cdot x(E(G))≤c⋅x(E(G)) for every feasible xxx", with the solution chosen before xxx. This is equivalent because LP(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)LP(G) is a minimum over the feasible points. Propositions 2 and 4, which compare optimum values, use the LP value as an infimum over the feasible set; that set is nonempty for connected graphs.
  • Graph parameters. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) and μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) are an infimum over ear-decompositions and a supremum over earmuffs. Every statement using them assumes 2-edge-connectivity or a given decomposition.
  • 2-vertex-connectivity means 2-edge-connected with no cut vertex. This includes the one-vertex graph and two vertices joined by parallel edges.
  • Added and corrected hypotheses. Proposition 2 adds ∣V(G)∣≥2|V(G)|\ge2∣V(G)∣≥2, since LP(G)=0\mathrm{LP}(G)=0LP(G)=0 for one vertex. Proposition 4 states LP(G,T)=LP(G1,T1)+LP(G2,T2)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)=\mathrm{LP}(G_1,T_1)+\mathrm{LP}(G_2,T_2)LP(G,T)=LP(G1​,T1​)+LP(G2​,T2​), as its proof does; the page prints LP(G,Ti)\mathrm{LP}(G,T_i)LP(G,Ti​).
  • Ruled-out trivializations. The goal is not about simple graphs only, and its subgraph uses each edge of GGG at most once (it is not a multi-subgraph of 2G2G2G). Its feasibility condition is satisfiable: x≡2x\equiv2x≡2 is feasible for every connected GGG. φ\varphiφ and μ\muμ are never evaluated where they take junk values.

Every definition is local to the namespace NicerEars.TwoEC. Reusable beyond this mission:

  • the multigraph setting, TTT-joins and the cut LP;
  • ear-decompositions with φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) and pendant ears;
  • eardrums and earmuffs.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Especially valuable are Frank's Theorem 7, the TTT-cut packing behind Theorem 19, and the basic fact that a graph with an ear-decomposition is 2-edge-connected.

Selected references

  • A. Sebő, J. Vygen, Shorter tours by nicer ears: 7/5-approximation for graphic TSP, 3/2 for the path version, and 4/3 for two-edge-connected subgraphs, Combinatorica 34 (2014); preprint arXiv:1201.1870v3, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.1870v3, https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-014-2960-3
  • J. Cheriyan, A. Sebő, Z. Szigeti, Improving on the 1.5-approximation of a smallest 2-edge connected spanning subgraph, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 14 (2001) 170–180. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199362071
  • S. Khuller, U. Vishkin, Biconnectivity approximations and graph carvings, J. ACM 41 (1994) 214–235. https://doi.org/10.1145/174652.174654
  • A. Frank, Conservative weightings and ear-decompositions of graphs, Combinatorica 13 (1993) 65–81. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01202790
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Shorter Tours by Nicer Ears 2: Every Connected Graph Has a Graphic TSP Tour with at Most 7/5 LP(G) EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

The graphic TSP is the travelling salesman problem in the shortest-path metric of an unweighted connected graph: visit every vertex of a graph GGG by a closed walk using as few edge traversals as possible. It is the unweighted special case of the metric TSP, and it is the setting in which the 3/2 barrier of Christofides' algorithm (1976) was first broken for general graphs. It is also a natural test bed for the subtour LP: for graphic instances the LP relaxation is the 2-edge-connected subgraph relaxation LP(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)LP(G) below, and the conjectured integrality ratio of 4/3 for metric TSP is open even here.

Timeline of approximation ratios for graphic TSP on general graphs:

  • 1976: Christofides, 3/2 for metric TSP, hence for graphic TSP.
  • 2011: Oveis Gharan, Saberi and Singh, 3/2−ε3/2-\varepsilon3/2−ε for a tiny ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, by a probabilistic analysis (FOCS 2011).
  • 2011: Mömke and Svensson, 1.461, with removable pairings (arXiv:1104.3090).
  • 2012: Mucha refined the Mömke–Svensson analysis to 13/9≈1.44413/9\approx1.44413/9≈1.444 (arXiv:1108.1130).
  • 2012: Sebő and Vygen, 7/5, measured against LP(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)LP(G) (arXiv:1201.1870; Combinatorica 34 (2014), doi:10.1007/s00493-014-2960-3).

Setting

A graph GGG is finite and undirected, with vertex set V(G)V(G)V(G) and edge set E(G)E(G)E(G); it may have parallel edges but no loops. 2G2G2G is the graph obtained by doubling every edge. For W⊆V(G)W\subseteq V(G)W⊆V(G), δ(W)\delta(W)δ(W) is the set of edges with exactly one endpoint in WWW.

For T⊆V(G)T\subseteq V(G)T⊆V(G), a TTT-join is an edge set FFF in which exactly the vertices of TTT have odd degree. A tour of GGG (Definition 1) is a ∅\emptyset∅-join FFF in 2G2G2G such that (V(G),F)(V(G),F)(V(G),F) is connected: a connected multi-subgraph using each edge at most twice in which every degree is even. By Euler's theorem its edges form a closed walk through every vertex, and conversely. OPT(G)\mathrm{OPT}(G)OPT(G) is the minimum size of a tour.

The relaxation is

LP(G):=min⁡{x(E(G)):x∈R≥0E(G), x(δ(W))≥2 for all ∅≠W⊊V(G)},\mathrm{LP}(G):=\min\Big\{x(E(G)) : x\in\mathbb R^{E(G)}_{\ge0},\ x(\delta(W))\ge2 \text{ for all } \emptyset\ne W\subsetneq V(G)\Big\},LP(G):=min{x(E(G)):x∈R≥0E(G)​, x(δ(W))≥2 for all ∅=W⊊V(G)},

with x(S)=∑e∈Sxex(S)=\sum_{e\in S}x_ex(S)=∑e∈S​xe​. Every tour gives a feasible point, so LP(G)≤OPT(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)\le\mathrm{OPT}(G)LP(G)≤OPT(G) (Proposition 2).

The analysis uses ear-decompositions: GGG is built from one vertex by adding ears, each a path joining two existing vertices through new ones, or a circuit through one existing vertex. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) is the minimum number of ears of even length; π\piπ counts pendant ears (nontrivial ears to which no nontrivial ear is attached). Short (2- and 3-) ears in a nice ear-decomposition (Definition 9) form an eardrum MMM; an earmuff (Definition 12) re-routes some of them so that their edges form a forest, and μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) is its maximum size. The two lower bounds are

Lφ(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1,Lμ(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M),Λ=23Lμ+13Lφ.L_\varphi(G)=|V(G)|+\varphi(G)-1,\qquad L_\mu(G,M)=|V(G)|-1+|M|-\mu(G,M),\qquad \Lambda=\tfrac23L_\mu+\tfrac13L_\varphi .Lφ​(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1,Lμ​(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M),Λ=32​Lμ​+31​Lφ​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 29

for every connected graph G there is a tour F with ∣F∣≤75 LP(G).\text{for every connected graph } G \text{ there is a tour } F \text{ with } |F|\le\tfrac75\,\mathrm{LP}(G).for every connected graph G there is a tour F with ∣F∣≤57​LP(G).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Proposition 2: OPT(G)≥OPT2EC(G)≥LP(G)≥∣V(G)∣\mathrm{OPT}(G)\ge\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}(G)\ge\mathrm{LP}(G)\ge|V(G)|OPT(G)≥OPT2EC​(G)≥LP(G)≥∣V(G)∣ (for ∣V(G)∣≥2|V(G)|\ge2∣V(G)∣≥2).
  2. Theorem 7 (Frank): for 2-edge-connected GGG some even TTT has τ(G,T)=12(∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1)\tau(G,T)=\frac12(|V(G)|+\varphi(G)-1)τ(G,T)=21​(∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1).
  3. Theorem 19: Lφ(G)≤LP(G)L_\varphi(G)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lφ​(G)≤LP(G).
  4. Corollary 21: Lμ(G,M)≤LP(G)L_\mu(G,M)\le\mathrm{LP}(G)Lμ​(G,M)≤LP(G) for an eardrum with every Pf≠∅\mathcal P_f\ne\emptysetPf​=∅.
  5. Lemma 23: a 2-vertex-connected graph has a nice ear-decomposition containing a maximum earmuff.
  6. Theorem 24: a connected-TTT-join with at most Lμ(G,M)+12Lφ(G)−πL_\mu(G,M)+\frac12L_\varphi(G)-\piLμ​(G,M)+21​Lφ​(G)−π edges.
  7. Theorem 27 (Mömke–Svensson): a tour with at most 43∣E(G)∣−23∣R∣\frac43|E(G)|-\frac23|R|34​∣E(G)∣−32​∣R∣ edges for a removable pairing (R,P)(R,\mathcal P)(R,P).
  8. Lemma 28: a tour with at most 43(∣V(G)∣−1)+23π\frac43(|V(G)|-1)+\frac23\pi34​(∣V(G)∣−1)+32​π edges when all ears are nontrivial.
  9. Claim (proof of Theorem 29, p. 22): a tour with at most 75Λ(G′,M)\frac75\Lambda(G',M)57​Λ(G′,M) edges.

Significance

The result. Theorem 29 gives a polynomial-time 7/5-approximation for graphic TSP and shows that the integrality ratio of LP(G)\mathrm{LP}(G)LP(G) on graphic instances is at most 7/5. The same paper uses the shared machinery (nice ear-decompositions, earmuffs, the bound Lμ≤LPL_\mu\le\mathrm{LP}Lμ​≤LP) for a 3/2 bound for connected TTT-joins, including graphic sss-ttt-path TSP, and a 4/3 bound for 2-edge-connected spanning subgraphs; those are separate missions of this series.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it is machine-checked. The platform has metric-TSP results over Hamiltonian permutations (Christofides-type and Wolsey-type bounds), but no graphic TSP, no multigraph tours, no ear-decompositions and no TTT-join polyhedra. The formalization would add a reusable multigraph layer (doubled graphs, TTT-joins, ear-decompositions, Frank's φ\varphiφ), two classical cited theorems (Frank's Theorem 7 and the Mömke–Svensson Lemma) and the paper's own earmuff analysis.

Difficulty

The two tour constructions are each worse than 7/5 on their own: Theorem 24 alone gives 32Λ−π\frac32\Lambda-\pi23​Λ−π, and Lemma 28 alone gives 43Λ+23π\frac43\Lambda+\frac23\pi34​Λ+32​π. The bound comes only from taking the better of the two, balanced at π=110Λ\pi=\frac1{10}\Lambdaπ=101​Λ, and only after the short ears have been re-chosen as a maximum earmuff, which the lower bound LμL_\muLμ​ requires.

The cited inputs are deep. Theorem 19 relies on Frank's ear theorem and the Edmonds–Johnson–Lovász packing of TTT-cuts; Theorem 27 relies on the odd-join polytope of an auxiliary 2-edge-connected graph; Lemma 23 relies on Lemma 10 (nice ear-decompositions exist) and a min-max theorem for earmuffs (Theorem 18, via matroid intersection or forest representatives). Mathlib has none of these. A Christofides-style argument (spanning tree plus matching) cannot get below 3/2 and is not a route to the goal.

Formalization scope

  • Graphs are a structure Graph V E with ends : E → Sym2 V and no loops, over finite types, so parallel edges are allowed as in the paper. Restricting to simple graphs would be a weaker theorem and is ruled out. 2G2G2G has edge type E × Fin 2, so every multiplicity is at most 2. Connectivity of an edge set is connectivity of the simple graph of pairs joined by one of its edges.
  • Existence instead of algorithms. Every "there is an algorithm … in O(∣V(G)∣3)O(|V(G)|^3)O(∣V(G)∣3) time" is formalized as "for every input there exists a solution with the stated bound". Running times are not formalized.
  • LP bounds through feasible points. "∣F∣≤75LP(G)|F|\le\frac75\mathrm{LP}(G)∣F∣≤57​LP(G)" is stated as: there is a tour FFF with ∣F∣≤75x(E(G))|F|\le\frac75x(E(G))∣F∣≤57​x(E(G)) for every LP-feasible xxx. This is equivalent to the paper's statement and needs no infimum. The constant vector x≡2x\equiv2x≡2 is feasible for every connected graph, so the hypothesis is never vacuous.
  • Minima as infima of natural numbers. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) is an infimum over ear-decompositions, and every statement using it assumes 2-edge-connectivity or supplies an ear-decomposition, so the junk value is never reached. μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) is a supremum of a nonempty set bounded by ∣M∣|M|∣M∣.
  • "2-vertex-connected" means 2-edge-connected with no cut vertex. It includes the one-vertex graph and two vertices joined by parallel edges, the blocks the paper's reduction (Proposition 4) needs.
  • Eardrums read "degree at most 1" as adjacency in the underlying simple graph. The eardrum associated with a nice ear-decomposition is the family of internal vertex sets of its clean ears; condition (iii) of Definition 9 makes these the components the paper describes.
  • Proposition 2 carries the added hypothesis ∣V(G)∣≥2|V(G)|\ge2∣V(G)∣≥2: on one vertex LP(G)=0<∣V(G)∣\mathrm{LP}(G)=0<|V(G)|LP(G)=0<∣V(G)∣.
  • Not included: Proposition 4 (the block reduction), Lemmas 5 and 10, Theorems 18 and 20, and the tightness examples. The proof of the goal needs Proposition 4 and solvers may add it.

Welcome contributions: proofs of any milestone; the multigraph and ear-decomposition layer (Whitney's theorem that 2-edge-connected graphs have ear-decompositions); TTT-join existence and parity lemmas; the block decomposition at a cut vertex.

Selected references

  • A. Sebő and J. Vygen, Shorter tours by nicer ears: 7/5-approximation for graphic TSP, 3/2 for the path version, and 4/3 for two-edge-connected subgraphs, arXiv:1201.1870v3, 2012; Combinatorica 34 (2014) 597–629. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.1870, https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-014-2960-3
  • T. Mömke and O. Svensson, Approximating graphic TSP by matchings, FOCS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1104.3090
  • M. Mucha, 13/9-approximation for graphic TSP, STACS 2012; Theory Comput. Syst. 55 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1108.1130
  • S. Oveis Gharan, A. Saberi and M. Singh, A randomized rounding approach to the traveling salesman problem, FOCS 2011. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2011.80
  • A. Frank, Conservative weightings and ear-decompositions of graphs, Combinatorica 13 (1993) 65–81. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01202790
  • J. Cheriyan, A. Sebő and Z. Szigeti, Improving on the 1.5-approximation of a smallest 2-edge connected spanning subgraph, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 14 (2001) 170–180. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199362071
  • N. Christofides, Worst-case analysis of a new heuristic for the travelling salesman problem, Report 388, GSIA, Carnegie Mellon University, 1976.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Shorter Tours by Nicer Ears 1: Every Connected Graph Has a Connected T-Join with at Most 3/2 LP(G,T) EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

In graphic TSP the cities are the vertices of a connected graph GGG and the distance between two of them is the number of edges on a shortest path. A closed walk visiting every vertex is the same thing as a connected multi-subgraph of GGG in which every degree is even. Dropping "closed" and asking for a walk from sss to ttt gives graphic sss-ttt-path TSP, where exactly sss and ttt must have odd degree. Both are special cases of the connected-TTT-join problem: given GGG and a vertex set TTT of even size, find a smallest edge multiset in which exactly the vertices of TTT have odd degree and which connects all vertices.

Graphic TSP is MAXSNP-hard (Papadimitriou and Yannakakis 1993), and until 2011 no algorithm beat the ratio 32\tfrac3223​ of Christofides (1976) on it.

Timeline.

  • Christofides (1976) gave a 32\tfrac3223​-approximation for metric TSP. His idea, adapted to connected-TTT-joins, gives 53\tfrac5335​; Hoogeveen (1991) noted this for ∣T∣=2|T|=2∣T∣=2.
  • In 2011, Oveis Gharan, Saberi and Singh gave a (32−ϵ)(\tfrac32-\epsilon)(23​−ϵ)-approximation for graphic TSP, and Mömke and Svensson a 1.4611.4611.461-approximation; Mucha (2012) refined the latter analysis to 139\tfrac{13}{9}913​.
  • An, Kleinberg and Shmoys (2012) obtained 1.5781.5781.578 for graphic sss-ttt-path TSP.
  • Sebő and Vygen (arXiv 2012; Combinatorica 2014) proved 75\tfrac7557​ for graphic TSP, 43\tfrac4334​ for 2-edge-connected spanning subgraphs, and 32\tfrac3223​ for connected-TTT-joins (hence for graphic sss-ttt-path TSP), each against an LP lower bound. This mission formalizes the third.

Setting

All graphs are finite and undirected, with parallel edges allowed and no loops. For a graph GGG, 2G2G2G is the graph with every edge doubled. A TTT-join is an edge set FFF such that TTT is exactly the set of vertices of odd degree in FFF. A connected-TTT-join of GGG is a TTT-join FFF in 2G2G2G such that (V(G),F)(V(G),F)(V(G),F) is connected. Each edge of GGG is used at most twice. A tour is a connected-∅\emptyset∅-join. OPT(G,T)\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)OPT(G,T) is the minimum size of a connected-TTT-join.

For W⊆V(G)W\subseteq V(G)W⊆V(G), δ(W)\delta(W)δ(W) is the set of edges with exactly one end in WWW. For a partition W\mathcal WW of V(G)V(G)V(G), δ(W)\delta(\mathcal W)δ(W) is the set of edges joining different classes. The LP relaxation is

LP(G,T)=min⁡{x(E(G)):x≥0, x(δ(W))≥2 for ∅≠W⊊V(G) with ∣W∩T∣ even, x(δ(W))≥∣W∣−1 for all partitions W}.\mathrm{LP}(G,T)=\min\Bigl\{x(E(G)) : x\ge0,\ x(\delta(W))\ge2\ \text{for } \emptyset\ne W\subsetneq V(G) \text{ with } |W\cap T| \text{ even},\ x(\delta(\mathcal W))\ge|\mathcal W|-1\ \text{for all partitions } \mathcal W\Bigr\}.LP(G,T)=min{x(E(G)):x≥0, x(δ(W))≥2 for ∅=W⊊V(G) with ∣W∩T∣ even, x(δ(W))≥∣W∣−1 for all partitions W}.

The proof works with ear-decompositions: a vertex followed by ears, each a path attached at its two ends or a circuit attached at one vertex. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) is Frank's minimum number of even-length ears. A nice ear-decomposition has φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) even ears, all of its short (2- and 3-) ears are pendant, and the internal vertices of different short ears are non-adjacent. An eardrum MMM is a family of single vertices and adjacent pairs that are pairwise non-adjacent. An earmuff chooses, for some of its members fff, a path PfP_fPf​ whose internal vertex set is fff, so that the chosen paths together form a forest. μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) is the maximum number of paths in an earmuff, and

Lμ(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M),Lφ(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1.L_\mu(G,M)=|V(G)|-1+|M|-\mu(G,M),\qquad L_\varphi(G)=|V(G)|+\varphi(G)-1.Lμ​(G,M)=∣V(G)∣−1+∣M∣−μ(G,M),Lφ​(G)=∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 25 (p. 19)

For every connected graph GGG and every T⊆V(G)T\subseteq V(G)T⊆V(G) with ∣T∣|T|∣T∣ even there is a connected-TTT-join FFF with

∣F∣ ≤ 32 LP(G,T).|F|\ \le\ \tfrac32\,\mathrm{LP}(G,T).∣F∣ ≤ 23​LP(G,T).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Proposition 3: OPT(G,T)≥LP(G,T)≥∣V(G)∣−1\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)\ge\mathrm{LP}(G,T)\ge|V(G)|-1OPT(G,T)≥LP(G,T)≥∣V(G)∣−1.
  2. Proposition 4: OPT(G,T)\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)OPT(G,T), OPT2EC(G)\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}(G)OPT2EC​(G) and LP(G,T)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)LP(G,T) are additive over a cut vertex.
  3. Lemma 5: local bounds for a pendant ear.
  4. Proposition 6 (Frank): τ(G,T)≤12(∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1)\tau(G,T)\le\tfrac12(|V(G)|+\varphi(G)-1)τ(G,T)≤21​(∣V(G)∣+φ(G)−1).
  5. Proposition 8: a connected-TTT-join with at most 32(∣V(G)∣−1)+π2−12φ(G)\tfrac32(|V(G)|-1)+\pi_2-\tfrac12\varphi(G)23​(∣V(G)∣−1)+π2​−21​φ(G) edges.
  6. Lemma 10: nice ear-decompositions exist.
  7. Corollary 14 (Lovász): the min-max formula for forest representative systems.
  8. Theorem 18: the earmuff min-max formula for μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M).
  9. Lemma 23: a nice ear-decomposition containing a maximum earmuff.
  10. Theorem 20: Lμ(G,M)≤LP(G,T)L_\mu(G,M)\le\mathrm{LP}(G,T)Lμ​(G,M)≤LP(G,T).
  11. Theorem 24: a connected-TTT-join with at most Lμ(G,M)+12Lφ(G)−πL_\mu(G,M)+\tfrac12L_\varphi(G)-\piLμ​(G,M)+21​Lφ​(G)−π edges, where π\piπ is the number of pendant ears.

Significance

The result. Theorem 25 gives a 32\tfrac3223​-approximation for connected-TTT-joins, and therefore for graphic sss-ttt-path TSP. It also bounds the integrality ratio of LP(G,T)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)LP(G,T) by 32\tfrac3223​, and the paper shows this is tight (Figure 3). Lemma 23, Theorem 20 and Theorem 24 are shared with the 7/5 bound for graphic TSP and the 4/3 bound for 2-edge-connected spanning subgraphs: the three results differ only in the second construction used when there are few pendant ears. The earmuff lower bound LμL_\muLμ​ is a combinatorial dual certificate for LP(G,T)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)LP(G,T) in its own right.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal development would contribute:

  • multigraph ear-decompositions with parity bookkeeping;
  • Frank's bound on TTT-joins;
  • Lovász's forest-representative min-max, a matroid-intersection-type theorem;
  • a fully checked LP lower bound via a combinatorial dual.

None of these is in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The natural first attempt is Christofides' construction: a spanning tree plus a parity-correcting join. The tree costs at most OPT(G,T)\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)OPT(G,T) and the join at most 23OPT(G,T)\tfrac23\mathrm{OPT}(G,T)32​OPT(G,T), which gives only 53\tfrac5335​ (paper, p. 3). It gives nothing better against LP(G,T)\mathrm{LP}(G,T)LP(G,T).

Ear-decompositions with few even ears control the parity part (Proposition 6). Then short pendant ears become the bottleneck. Proposition 8 is good only when there are few 2-ears. When there are many pendant ears, the matching lower bound must account for them, and it is not visible from ∣V(G)∣−1|V(G)|-1∣V(G)∣−1. It comes from the earmuff min-max theorem (Theorem 18), which rests on Lovász's matroidal generalization of Kőnig's theorem (Corollary 14). The ear-decomposition must also be re-chosen so that its clean short ears form a maximum earmuff while it stays nice (Lemma 23).

Formalization scope

  • Graphs. A graph is a loopless multigraph Graph V E with ends : E → Sym2 V over finite types. 2G2G2G has edge type E × Fin 2, so a connected-TTT-join is a Finset (E × Fin 2) and uses each edge at most twice.
  • Restriction to simple graphs would be a weaker theorem and is ruled out: parallel edges arise in the ear arguments.
  • Algorithms. Every algorithmic statement of the paper ("can be computed in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) time") is formalized as existence for every input. Algorithms and running times are not formalized.
  • LP bounds. "∣F∣≤c⋅LP(G,T)|F|\le c\cdot\mathrm{LP}(G,T)∣F∣≤c⋅LP(G,T)" is formalized as ∣F∣≤c⋅x(E(G))|F|\le c\cdot x(E(G))∣F∣≤c⋅x(E(G)) for every feasible xxx, with FFF chosen before xxx. This is equivalent to the bound on the minimum and needs no infimum. Equalities of optimum values (Proposition 4) and min-max identities (Corollary 14, Theorem 18) are stated as the two inequalities between solutions, with the minimum attained.
  • Non-vacuity. A trivializing reading of the LP is ruled out: for connected GGG the constant vector ∣V(G)∣|V(G)|∣V(G)∣ is feasible. φ(G)\varphi(G)φ(G) is an infimum over ear-decompositions and is used only under 2-edge-connectivity or with an ear-decomposition in hand. μ(G,M)\mu(G,M)μ(G,M) is a maximum over a nonempty set bounded by ∣M∣|M|∣M∣.
  • 2-vertex-connected means 2-edge-connected without a cut vertex. This includes two vertices joined by parallel edges and excludes a single bridge.
  • Eardrums (Definition 9) read "degree at most 1" as adjacency, so a parallel copy of an edge does not disqualify a 3-ear. The eardrum associated with a nice ear-decomposition is the family of internal vertex sets of its clean ears.
  • Integer quantities. Surplus, LμL_\muLμ​ and LφL_\varphiLφ​ are integers, with no truncated subtraction.
  • Corrected misprint. Proposition 4 is stated with the corrected identity LP(G1,T1)+LP(G2,T2)\mathrm{LP}(G_1,T_1)+\mathrm{LP}(G_2,T_2)LP(G1​,T1​)+LP(G2​,T2​) (the page prints LP(G,T1)+LP(G,T2)\mathrm{LP}(G,T_1)+\mathrm{LP}(G,T_2)LP(G,T1​)+LP(G,T2​)). Its OPT2EC\mathrm{OPT}_{2EC}OPT2EC​ identity is included, with 2-edge-connected spanning multi-subgraphs taken in 2G2G2G.

All definitions are local to the namespace NicerEars.TJoin. Mathlib has neither an ear-decomposition theory nor a multigraph connectivity API. A reusable library of multigraph ears, TTT-joins and forest representative systems would serve the two sibling missions (graphic TSP, 2ECSS) as well. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas such as the existence of TTT-joins in connected graphs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Sebő and J. Vygen, Shorter tours by nicer ears: 7/5-approximation for graphic TSP, 3/2 for the path version, and 4/3 for two-edge-connected subgraphs, Combinatorica 34 (2014). arXiv:1201.1870v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.1870 , https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-014-2960-3
  • A. Frank, Conservative weightings and ear-decompositions of graphs, Combinatorica 13 (1993) 65–81. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01202790
  • J. Cheriyan, A. Sebő and Z. Szigeti, Improving on the 1.5-approximation of a smallest 2-edge connected spanning subgraph, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 14 (2001) 170–180. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199362071
  • L. Lovász, A generalization of Kőnig's theorem, Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 21 (1970) 443–446. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01894789
  • T. Mömke and O. Svensson, Approximating graphic TSP by matchings, FOCS 2011, 560–569. arXiv:1104.3090. https://arxiv.org/abs/1104.3090
  • M. Mucha, 13/9-approximation for graphic TSP, STACS 2012, 30–41. https://doi.org/10.4230/LIPIcs.STACS.2012.30
  • J. A. Hoogeveen, Analysis of Christofides' heuristic: some paths are more difficult than cycles, Oper. Res. Lett. 10 (1991) 291–295. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6377(91)90016-I
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Discrete GeometryGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Triangle-Free Intersection Graphs of Line Segments with Large Chromatic Number: For Every k ≥ 1 There Is a Triangle-Free Family of Plane Line Segments with Chromatic Number Greater than kResearch Paper

Motivation

A proper coloring of a graph assigns colors to its vertices so that adjacent vertices get different colors; the least number of colors that suffices is the chromatic number χ(G)\chi(G)χ(G). The clique number ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) is the size of a largest set of pairwise adjacent vertices, and χ(G)≥ω(G)\chi(G)\ge\omega(G)χ(G)≥ω(G) always. A class of graphs is χ\chiχ-bounded if χ\chiχ is bounded by a function of ω\omegaω on the class. Abstract triangle-free graphs (ω≤2\omega\le2ω≤2) of arbitrarily large chromatic number have been known since Zykov (1949) and Mycielski (1955), so the question is which geometric classes are χ\chiχ-bounded.

For geometric intersection graphs (one vertex per set, an edge for each intersecting pair) the history is as follows.

  • 1960: Asplund and Grünbaum prove that families of axis-aligned rectangles in the plane are χ\chiχ-bounded.
  • 1965: Burling constructs triangle-free families of axis-aligned boxes in R3\mathbb R^3R3 with arbitrarily large chromatic number.
  • 1970s: Erdős asks whether families of line segments in the plane are χ\chiχ-bounded (Brass–Moser–Pach, Research Problems in Discrete Geometry, §9.6, Problem 2; Gyárfás 1987, Problem 1.9).
  • 2000–2014: positive special cases. McGuinness (2000) obtains bounds for triangle-free families; Suk (2014) improves them, proving that families of segments meeting a common line, and families of unit-length segments, are χ\chiχ-bounded.
  • 2014: Pawlik, Kozik, Krawczyk, Lasoń, Micek, Trotter and Walczak answer Erdős's question negatively (arXiv:1209.1595).

The same construction disproves Scott's conjecture (1997) that graphs excluding induced subdivisions of a fixed graph are χ\chiχ-bounded, as first observed by Fox and Pach.

Setting

Points of the plane are pairs (x,y)∈R×R(x,y)\in\mathbb R\times\mathbb R(x,y)∈R×R. A line segment is a closed set seg⁡(u,v)={(1−t)u+tv:0≤t≤1}\operatorname{seg}(u,v)=\{(1-t)u+tv: 0\le t\le1\}seg(u,v)={(1−t)u+tv:0≤t≤1} with two distinct endpoints u≠vu\neq vu=v. A family of segments S=(σi)i<N\mathcal S=(\sigma_i)_{i<N}S=(σi​)i<N​ is a finite indexed list of pairwise distinct segments. Its intersection graph has vertex set {0,…,N−1}\{0,\dots,N-1\}{0,…,N−1}, and i≠ji\neq ji=j are adjacent exactly when σi∩σj≠∅\sigma_i\cap\sigma_j\neq\emptysetσi​∩σj​=∅. The family is triangle-free if no three of its segments pairwise intersect, and χ(S)\chi(\mathcal S)χ(S) is the chromatic number of its intersection graph.

The milestones use the paper's auxiliary notions. An axis-aligned rectangle is R=[a,c]×[b,d]R=[a,c]\times[b,d]R=[a,c]×[b,d], with x∈[a,c]x\in[a,c]x∈[a,c] and y∈[b,d]y\in[b,d]y∈[b,d]. For a family S\mathcal SS inside the open interior of RRR, a probe for (S,R)(\mathcal S,R)(S,R) is a rectangle P=[a′,c]×[b′,d′]P=[a',c]\times[b',d']P=[a′,c]×[b′,d′] sharing the right edge line of RRR such that (i) a<a′<ca<a'<ca<a′<c and b<b′<d′<db<b'<d'<db<b′<d′<d; (ii) no segment meets the left edge of PPP; (iii) no segment has an endpoint in the closed rectangle PPP; (iv) the segments meeting PPP are pairwise disjoint. The diagonal DPD_PDP​ runs from the bottom-left corner (a′,b′)(a',b')(a′,b′) to the top-right corner (c,d′)(c,d')(c,d′) of PPP. The sequences sk,pks_k,p_ksk​,pk​ are given by s1=p1=1s_1=p_1=1s1​=p1​=1, sk+1=(pk+1)sk+pk2s_{k+1}=(p_k+1)s_k+p_k^2sk+1​=(pk​+1)sk​+pk2​ and pk+1=2pk2p_{k+1}=2p_k^2pk+1​=2pk2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 2)

For every integer k≥1k\ge1k≥1 there is a finite family S\mathcal SS of distinct line segments in the plane with triangle-free intersection graph and

χ(S)>k.\chi(\mathcal S)>k .χ(S)>k.

The goal fixes no size for S\mathcal SS and no particular construction.

Milestones

  1. Base case of Lemma 2 (p. 3): one segment and one probe in any rectangle of positive area.
  2. Diagonal claim (p. 3): for a probe QQQ of a family inside the interior of RRR, a segment meets DQD_QDQ​ if and only if it meets QQQ.
  3. Color-count dichotomy (p. 4): for a proper coloring of an intersection graph and two index sets XXX, YYY each seeing at least kkk colors, if the color sets differ then X∪YX\cup YX∪Y sees at least k+1k+1k+1 colors; if they agree, a member adjacent to all of YYY gets a new color, and XXX together with it sees at least k+1k+1k+1 colors.
  4. Induction step (pp. 3–4): Lemma 2 at kkk for every rectangle gives Lemma 2 at k+1k+1k+1 for every rectangle.
  5. Lemma 2 (p. 3): for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and a rectangle RRR of positive area there are a triangle-free family Sk\mathcal S_kSk​ of exactly sks_ksk​ segments in the interior of RRR and pkp_kpk​ pairwise disjoint probes for (Sk,R)(\mathcal S_k,R)(Sk​,R) such that every proper coloring of Sk\mathcal S_kSk​ uses at least kkk colors on the segments meeting some probe.
  6. The family S~k\tilde{\mathcal S}_kS~k​ (p. 4): adding the diagonals of all probes to a family with the conclusion of Lemma 2 gives a triangle-free family with χ>k\chi>kχ>k.

Significance

Theorem 1 shows that segment intersection graphs are not χ\chiχ-bounded, and it settles negatively the question for every class containing them: intersection graphs of curves crossing at most once (Kratochvíl–Nešetřil), McGuinness's class of arcwise connected sets with connected pairwise intersections, and string graphs in general. Through the Fox–Pach observation it refutes Scott's conjecture on induced subdivisions, a purely graph-theoretic statement. The counts in Lemma 2 give ∣S~k∣=sk+pk|\tilde{\mathcal S}_k|=s_k+p_k∣S~k​∣=sk​+pk​, so the maximum chromatic number of a triangle-free family of nnn segments is Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) (§4 of the paper). The family S~k\tilde{\mathcal S}_kS~k​ has the same intersection graph as Burling's boxes.

The theorem is proved on paper; to the best of current knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. The mission produces a Lean 4 statement of the result about actual segments in R2\mathbb R^2R2, a reusable definition of intersection graphs of plane sets, and the paper's probe machinery stated precisely enough to support a full formal proof.

Difficulty

Abstract triangle-free graphs with large chromatic number are easy to build, but almost none of them are intersection graphs of segments, and the standard constructions (Mycielski, Zykov, shift graphs) do not come with a geometric realization. The difficulty is geometric: the construction has to place every new segment so that it meets exactly a prescribed independent set of old segments and nothing else, at every level of a doubly exponential nesting, while keeping finitely many rectangles disjoint and segment endpoints out of them. In a formal development the burden falls on the planar facts the paper treats as evident in one line each: which edges of a rectangle a segment can cross, when two segments must cross, and why the probe conditions survive when families are nested inside one another.

Formalization scope

  • The plane is ℝ × ℝ (first coordinate xxx, second yyy), and segments are Mathlib's closed segment ℝ u v. A family is e : Fin N → (ℝ × ℝ) × (ℝ × ℝ) (endpoint pairs) with seg (e i) the iii-th segment. "A family of line segments" is read as non-degenerate ((e i).1 ≠ (e i).2) and pairwise distinct (Function.Injective (fun i => seg (e i))).
  • interGraph F : SimpleGraph ι is the intersection graph of an indexed family of plane sets: i ≠ j ∧ (F i ∩ F j).Nonempty. Triangle-free is CliqueFree 3; χ\chiχ is Mathlib's chromaticNumber : ℕ∞, and the goal states the literal (k:N∞)<χ(k:\mathbb N_\infty)<\chi(k:N∞​)<χ.
  • Rectangles keep the page's letter order, Rect = ⟨a, c, b, d⟩ for [a,c]×[b,d][a,c]\times[b,d][a,c]×[b,d], with positive area as a separate hypothesis. A probe is stored as (a′,b′,d′)(a',b',d')(a′,b′,d′) and is the closed rectangle [a′,c]×[b′,d′][a',c]\times[b',d'][a′,c]×[b′,d′]; the interior of RRR is open.
  • sSeq k, pSeq k are sk,pks_k,p_ksk​,pk​, 1-based; every statement assumes k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (the value at 000 is junk).
  • Proper colorings take values in an arbitrary type, and "uses at least kkk colors on the segments meeting PPP" is k≤k\lek≤ ncard of the image of those segments.
  • The diagonal claim and the S~k\tilde{\mathcal S}_kS~k​ milestone are stated for any data with the relevant properties, not only for the paper's construction; the hypotheses are exactly those the page's sentences use.
  • The goal is about the intersection graph of the segments the existential provides. A statement about an abstract triangle-free graph with χ>k\chi>kχ>k is a different, much weaker theorem (already available via Mycielski's construction) and does not count.

Needed infrastructure: elementary planar geometry of segments and axis-aligned rectangles (membership, edges, crossing of two segments via the intermediate value theorem), affine images of segment families, and finite coloring counts. The segment and intersection-graph definitions are reusable for other questions on geometric intersection graphs. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in particular a complete proof of the diagonal claim and of the induction step.

Selected references

  • A. Pawlik, J. Kozik, T. Krawczyk, M. Lasoń, P. Micek, W. T. Trotter, B. Walczak, Triangle-free intersection graphs of line segments with large chromatic number, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 105 (2014) 6–10; preprint arXiv:1209.1595v5 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.1595
  • A. Pawlik, J. Kozik, T. Krawczyk, M. Lasoń, P. Micek, W. T. Trotter, B. Walczak, Triangle-free geometric intersection graphs with large chromatic number, Discrete Comput. Geom. 50(3) (2013) 714–726. https://arxiv.org/abs/1212.2058
  • J. P. Burling, On coloring problems of families of prototypes, PhD thesis, University of Colorado, Boulder, 1965.
  • E. Asplund, B. Grünbaum, On a colouring problem, Math. Scand. 8 (1960) 181–188.
  • P. Brass, W. Moser, J. Pach, Research Problems in Discrete Geometry, Springer, 2005.
  • A. Gyárfás, Problems from the world surrounding perfect graphs, Zastos. Mat. 19 (1987) 413–441.
  • A. Suk, Coloring intersection graphs of x-monotone curves in the plane, Combinatorica 34(4) (2014) 487–505.
  • A. D. Scott, Induced trees in graphs of large chromatic number, J. Graph Theory 24(4) (1997) 297–311.
  • J. Mycielski, Sur le coloriage des graphes, Colloq. Math. 3 (1955) 161–162.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryMathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

Algorithms for #BIS-Hard Problems on Expander Graphs 2: On Bipartite α-Expanders, the High-Fugacity Hard-Core Partition Function Reduces to Two Kotecký–Preiss Polymer ModelsResearch Paper

Motivation

The hard-core model on a finite graph GGG at fugacity λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 weights each independent set III of GGG by λ∣I∣\lambda^{|I|}λ∣I∣. Its normalizing constant, the independence polynomial ZG(λ)Z_G(\lambda)ZG​(λ), is a basic object of statistical physics (a lattice gas with hard-core exclusion) and of combinatorics (ZG(1)Z_G(1)ZG​(1) counts independent sets).

The complexity of approximating ZG(λ)Z_G(\lambda)ZG​(λ) on graphs of maximum degree Δ\DeltaΔ is settled for general graphs: below the uniqueness threshold λc(Δ)=(Δ−1)Δ−1/(Δ−2)Δ\lambda_c(\Delta) = (\Delta-1)^{\Delta-1}/(\Delta-2)^{\Delta}λc​(Δ)=(Δ−1)Δ−1/(Δ−2)Δ there is a deterministic approximation scheme (Weitz, STOC 2006, doi:10.1145/1132516.1132538), and above it the problem is NP-hard to approximate. On bipartite graphs the picture is different. Approximately counting independent sets of a bipartite graph defines the class #BIS, whose complexity is a major open problem of approximate counting, and Cai, Galanis, Goldberg, Guo, Jerrum, Štefankovič and Vigoda showed that for Δ≥3\Delta \ge 3Δ≥3 and λ>λc(Δ)\lambda > \lambda_c(\Delta)λ>λc​(Δ) the hard-core model on bipartite graphs of maximum degree Δ\DeltaΔ is #BIS-hard (arXiv:1311.4839).

One route to partial progress is to find natural classes of bipartite graphs on which these #BIS-hard problems become tractable. Helmuth, Perkins and Regts did this for the hard-core model at high fugacity on the torus (Z/nZ)d(\mathbb Z/n\mathbb Z)^d(Z/nZ)d, using Pirogov–Sinai contour models and the cluster expansion (arXiv:1806.11548). Jenssen, Keevash and Perkins extended the method to abstract polymer models and to all bounded-degree bipartite expanders (arXiv:1807.04804; SIAM J. Comput. 49(4), 2020). This mission formalizes the mathematical core of their Theorem 1.

Setting

Let GGG be a finite bipartite graph with vertex classes O\mathcal OO (odd vertices) and E\mathcal EE (even vertices), n=∣O∣+∣E∣n = |\mathcal O| + |\mathcal E|n=∣O∣+∣E∣, and maximum degree at most Δ\DeltaΔ. For a vertex set SSS, the vertex boundary ∂S\partial S∂S is the set of vertices outside SSS with a neighbour in SSS. For α>0\alpha > 0α>0, GGG is a bipartite α\alphaα-expander if

∣∂S∣≥(1+α)∣S∣for all S⊆O, ∣S∣≤∣O∣/2, and all S⊆E, ∣S∣≤∣E∣/2.|\partial S| \ge (1+\alpha)|S| \quad\text{for all } S \subseteq \mathcal O,\ |S| \le |\mathcal O|/2, \text{ and all } S \subseteq \mathcal E,\ |S| \le |\mathcal E|/2.∣∂S∣≥(1+α)∣S∣for all S⊆O, ∣S∣≤∣O∣/2, and all S⊆E, ∣S∣≤∣E∣/2.

A subset of one class is small if it has at most half as many vertices as that class. The hard-core partition function is

ZG(λ)=∑I∈I(G)λ∣I∣,Z_G(\lambda) = \sum_{I \in \mathcal I(G)} \lambda^{|I|},ZG​(λ)=I∈I(G)∑​λ∣I∣,

with I(G)\mathcal I(G)I(G) the independent sets of GGG. A number Z^\hat ZZ^ is an ε\varepsilonε-relative approximation to ZZZ if e−εZ^≤Z≤eεZ^e^{-\varepsilon}\hat Z \le Z \le e^{\varepsilon}\hat Ze−εZ^≤Z≤eεZ^.

G2G^2G2 is the graph on the same vertices in which two distinct vertices are adjacent when their distance in GGG is at most 222; a set is G2G^2G2-connected when it induces a connected subgraph of G2G^2G2. An even polymer is a nonempty, small, G2G^2G2-connected set γ⊆E\gamma \subseteq \mathcal Eγ⊆E; odd polymers are defined in O\mathcal OO. Two polymers are compatible if their distance in GGG exceeds 222. Each polymer has the weight

wγ=λ∣γ∣(1+λ)∣∂γ∣,w_\gamma = \frac{\lambda^{|\gamma|}}{(1+\lambda)^{|\partial\gamma|}},wγ​=(1+λ)∣∂γ∣λ∣γ∣​,

and the polymer partition functions are ΞE(G)=∑Γ∏γ∈Γwγ\Xi^{\mathcal E}(G) = \sum_\Gamma \prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma} w_\gammaΞE(G)=∑Γ​∏γ∈Γ​wγ​, summed over the families Γ\GammaΓ of pairwise compatible even polymers (the empty family included), and ΞO(G)\Xi^{\mathcal O}(G)ΞO(G) likewise. Even polymers describe deviations from the ground state "all odd vertices occupied", and odd polymers from the other ground state.

Formalization targets

Goal: the deterministic core of Theorem 1

For α>0\alpha > 0α>0, Δ≥3\Delta \ge 3Δ≥3, every bipartite α\alphaα-expander GGG of maximum degree at most Δ\DeltaΔ on n≥3n \ge 3n≥3 vertices, and every

λ>max⁡{(2e3Δ4)1/α, e11/α},\lambda > \max\left\{(2e^3\Delta^4)^{1/\alpha},\ e^{11/\alpha}\right\},λ>max{(2e3Δ4)1/α, e11/α},
  1. Z~G(λ)=(1+λ)∣O∣ ΞE(G)+(1+λ)∣E∣ ΞO(G)\tilde Z_G(\lambda) = (1+\lambda)^{|\mathcal O|}\,\Xi^{\mathcal E}(G) + (1+\lambda)^{|\mathcal E|}\,\Xi^{\mathcal O}(G)Z~G​(λ)=(1+λ)∣O∣ΞE(G)+(1+λ)∣E∣ΞO(G) is an e−ne^{-n}e−n-relative approximation to ZG(λ)Z_G(\lambda)ZG​(λ);
  2. both polymer models satisfy the Kotecký–Preiss condition with g(γ)=∣γ∣g(\gamma) = |\gamma|g(γ)=∣γ∣: for every polymer γ\gammaγ,
∑γ′ incompatible with γwγ′ e2∣γ′∣≤∣γ∣.\sum_{\gamma' \text{ incompatible with } \gamma} w_{\gamma'}\, e^{2|\gamma'|} \le |\gamma|.γ′ incompatible with γ∑​wγ′​e2∣γ′∣≤∣γ∣.

Milestones

In the order of the paper's proof: Lemma 18 (every independent set has a small side); the identity Z~G(λ)=ZG(λ)+∑I sparseλ∣I∣\tilde Z_G(\lambda) = Z_G(\lambda) + \sum_{I \text{ sparse}} \lambda^{|I|}Z~G​(λ)=ZG​(λ)+∑I sparse​λ∣I∣; the size bound (2+α)∣I∣≤n(2+\alpha)|I| \le n(2+α)∣I∣≤n for sparse independent sets; Lemma 20 (part 1 of the goal); the weight bound wγ≤(1+λ)−α∣γ∣w_\gamma \le (1+\lambda)^{-\alpha|\gamma|}wγ​≤(1+λ)−α∣γ∣; the count of at most (eΔ2)t(e\Delta^2)^t(eΔ2)t G2G^2G2-connected ttt-sets through a vertex; and inequality (8), ∑γ′∋v(1+λ)−α∣γ′∣e2∣γ′∣≤1/Δ2\sum_{\gamma' \ni v} (1+\lambda)^{-\alpha|\gamma'|} e^{2|\gamma'|} \le 1/\Delta^2∑γ′∋v​(1+λ)−α∣γ′∣e2∣γ′∣≤1/Δ2.

Significance

The two parts of the goal are exactly what Theorem 8 of the paper (adapted from Helmuth, Perkins and Regts) consumes: given a polymer model satisfying the Kotecký–Preiss condition, the truncated cluster expansion of log⁡Ξ\log \XilogΞ yields an FPTAS and, through self-reducibility, a polynomial-time sampler. Together they give a deterministic approximate counting algorithm for a #BIS-hard problem on a natural graph class, at fugacities far above λc(Δ)\lambda_c(\Delta)λc​(Δ), the regime in which the problem is hard on general bipartite graphs. The same template (reduction to polymer models around ground states, then Kotecký–Preiss) underlies the paper's results for the Potts model, for random regular bipartite graphs and for proper colourings, and a large later literature on algorithms at low temperature.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it has been machine-checked. A formalization adds a precise treatment of the degenerate cases (see below), a reusable formal definition of abstract polymer models over vertex sets, and the elementary but intricate bijection between compatible polymer families and sparse sets.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary, and the difficulty lies in the bookkeeping. The reduction needs an exact correspondence between families of pairwise compatible polymers and sparse subsets of a class, and an exact double count over independent sets. The quantitative step of Lemma 20 compares the total weight of sparse independent sets, which have at most n/(2+α)n/(2+\alpha)n/(2+α) vertices, with ZG(λ)≥λn/2Z_G(\lambda) \ge \lambda^{n/2}ZG​(λ)≥λn/2; the printed last inequality, 2nλ−αn/(4+2α)≤e−n2^n\lambda^{-\alpha n/(4+2\alpha)} \le e^{-n}2nλ−αn/(4+2α)≤e−n, follows from λ>e11/α\lambda > e^{11/\alpha}λ>e11/α only for α\alphaα up to about 1.251.251.25, and larger α\alphaα forces both classes to have at most nine vertices, a finite range that needs its own argument. The Kotecký–Preiss half needs the count of connected sets in a bounded-degree graph (Lemma 14 of the paper, from Galvin and Kahn), applied to G2G^2G2, and a geometric series.

Formalization scope

The algorithmic conclusion of Theorem 1 (an FPTAS and a polynomial-time sampling algorithm, with running time (n/ε)O(log⁡Δ)(n/\varepsilon)^{O(\log\Delta)}(n/ε)O(logΔ)) is not formalized: Mathlib has no machine model and the running times carry unspecified constants. The goal is the mathematics the algorithm rests on: the reduction to two polymer models and the Kotecký–Preiss condition for both. The cluster expansion and Theorem 8 are not part of the mission.

Conventions. The graph is a SimpleGraph V on a finite type, with O\mathcal OO a Finset V and E\mathcal EE its complement; bipartiteness is a hypothesis. The fugacity is lam. "∣S∣≤∣O∣/2|S| \le |\mathcal O|/2∣S∣≤∣O∣/2" is 2 * #S ≤ #O in N\mathbb NN. Distances use the extended distance SimpleGraph.edist, so vertices in different components are never close. The Kotecký–Preiss sum ranges over the polymers of the same class incompatible with γ\gammaγ, including γ\gammaγ itself. Polymers are capped at half of their own class, not at n/2n/2n/2; the condition without this cap, or with compatibility in place of incompatibility, would be a different statement.

Two hypotheses differ from the page. Theorem 1 states the threshold as λ>CΔ4/α\lambda > C\Delta^{4/\alpha}λ>CΔ4/α for an absolute constant CCC; the goal uses the threshold its proof uses (§4.3). The hypothesis n≥3n \ge 3n≥3 is added: on the edgeless graph with one vertex in each class the expansion condition is vacuous, no side of the independent set VVV is small, and Lemma 18 and Lemma 20 fail.

A complete development needs: the bijection between compatible families and sparse sets, Lemma 14 for G2G^2G2, and real-power estimates. The polymer-model and graph-power definitions are reusable for the sibling missions of this series. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • M. Jenssen, P. Keevash, W. Perkins, Algorithms for #BIS-hard problems on expander graphs, SIAM J. Comput. 49(4) (2020) 681–710. doi:10.1137/19M1286669, arXiv:1807.04804
  • T. Helmuth, W. Perkins, G. Regts, Algorithmic Pirogov–Sinai theory, Probab. Theory Related Fields 176 (2020) 851–895. arXiv:1806.11548
  • R. Kotecký, D. Preiss, Cluster expansion for abstract polymer models, Comm. Math. Phys. 103 (1986) 491–498. doi:10.1007/BF01211762
  • J.-Y. Cai, A. Galanis, L. A. Goldberg, H. Guo, M. Jerrum, D. Štefankovič, E. Vigoda, #BIS-hardness for 2-spin systems on bipartite bounded degree graphs in the tree non-uniqueness region, J. Comput. System Sci. 82 (2016) 690–711. arXiv:1311.4839
  • D. Weitz, Counting independent sets up to the tree threshold, STOC 2006, 140–149. doi:10.1145/1132516.1132538
  • D. Galvin, J. Kahn, On phase transition in the hard-core model on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd, Combin. Probab. Comput. 13 (2004) 137–164. doi:10.1017/S0963548303005947
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryMathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

Algorithms for #BIS-Hard Problems on Expander Graphs 1: On α-Expanders of Maximum Degree Δ, the Low-Temperature Potts Partition Function Reduces to a Kotecký–Preiss Polymer ModelResearch Paper

Motivation

The ferromagnetic Potts model assigns a larger weight to a coloring when more adjacent vertices have the same color. Computing its partition function is an approximate counting problem with connections to statistical physics and counting complexity. For three or more colors, Goldberg and Jerrum established #BIS-hardness of approximation on general graphs, and Galanis, Štefankovič, Vigoda, and Yang refined the hardness result for bounded-degree bipartite graphs Goldberg–Jerrum, Galanis et al.. These results make it useful to identify graph classes where the partition sum can still be approximated efficiently.

Jenssen, Keevash, and Perkins proved that edge expansion supplies such a class at sufficiently large inverse temperature. Their Theorem 3 gives an FPTAS and a polynomial-time sampling algorithm for the qqq-color ferromagnetic Potts model on finite α\alphaα-expanders of maximum degree Δ\DeltaΔ, when α>0\alpha>0α>0, Δ≥3\Delta\ge3Δ≥3, q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and β≥(4+2log⁡(qΔ))/α\beta\ge(4+2\log(q\Delta))/\alphaβ≥(4+2log(qΔ))/α Jenssen–Keevash–Perkins. This mission records the mathematical reduction and the polymer convergence condition on which their algorithmic conclusion rests.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite simple graph, let n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣, and let e(G)=∣E∣e(G)=|E|e(G)=∣E∣. A coloring ω:V→[q]\omega:V\to[q]ω:V→[q] gives each vertex one of qqq colors. Write m(G,ω)m(G,\omega)m(G,ω) for the number of edges whose endpoints receive the same color. The Potts partition function at inverse temperature β\betaβ is

ZG,q(β)=∑ω:V→[q]exp⁡(βm(G,ω)).Z_{G,q}(\beta)=\sum_{\omega:V\to[q]}\exp\bigl(\beta m(G,\omega)\bigr).ZG,q​(β)=ω:V→[q]∑​exp(βm(G,ω)).

For S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, its edge boundary ∂eS\partial_e S∂e​S consists of the edges with exactly one endpoint in SSS. The graph is an α\alphaα-expander if ∣∂eS∣≥α∣S∣|\partial_e S|\ge\alpha|S|∣∂e​S∣≥α∣S∣ whenever 2∣S∣≤n2|S|\le n2∣S∣≤n. The maximum-degree assumption means that each vertex has at most Δ\DeltaΔ neighbors. All logarithms here are natural logarithms.

A color jjj is a strict majority in ω\omegaω when 2∣ω−1(j)∣>n2|\omega^{-1}(j)|>n2∣ω−1(j)∣>n. Let ZGj(β)Z_G^j(\beta)ZGj​(β) be the Potts sum over colorings with that majority, and let ZG∗(β)=∑j∈[q]ZGj(β)Z_G^*(\beta)=\sum_{j\in[q]}Z_G^j(\beta)ZG∗​(β)=∑j∈[q]​ZGj​(β). Because two colors cannot each occupy more than half the vertices, these sectors do not overlap. The monochromatic colorings are the model's ground states at positive β\betaβ.

A polymer γ\gammaγ is a nonempty vertex set for which the induced graph G[γ]G[\gamma]G[γ] is connected and 2∣γ∣≤n2|\gamma|\le n2∣γ∣≤n. Let ∇(γ)\nabla(\gamma)∇(γ) be all edges with at least one endpoint in γ\gammaγ. Two polymers are compatible when the distance between every vertex of one and every vertex of the other exceeds one. In particular, overlapping or adjacent polymers are incompatible. With ZG[γ],q−1(β)Z_{G[\gamma],q-1}(\beta)ZG[γ],q−1​(β) the Potts sum on the induced graph using the other q−1q-1q−1 colors, define

wγ=exp⁡(−β∣∇(γ)∣)ZG[γ],q−1(β),Ξ(G)=∑Γ pairwise compatible∏γ∈Γwγ.w_\gamma=\exp\bigl(-\beta|\nabla(\gamma)|\bigr)Z_{G[\gamma],q-1}(\beta),\qquad \Xi(G)=\sum_{\Gamma\text{ pairwise compatible}}\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma}w_\gamma.wγ​=exp(−β∣∇(γ)∣)ZG[γ],q−1​(β),Ξ(G)=Γ pairwise compatible∑​γ∈Γ∏​wγ​.

The sum includes the empty family. An ε\varepsilonε-relative approximation Z^\widehat ZZ to ZZZ means e−εZ^≤Z≤eεZ^e^{-\varepsilon}\widehat Z\le Z\le e^\varepsilon\widehat Ze−εZ≤Z≤eεZ Jenssen–Keevash–Perkins, Definitions 10–11.

Formalization targets

The goal is the deterministic core of Theorem 3. For a nonempty α\alphaα-expander with the degree, color, and temperature bounds above, the explicit polymer expression approximates the Potts partition sum:

Z^=qexp⁡(βe(G))Ξ(G),e−2e−nZ^≤ZG,q(β)≤e2e−nZ^.\widehat Z=q\exp\bigl(\beta e(G)\bigr)\Xi(G),\qquad e^{-2e^{-n}}\widehat Z\le Z_{G,q}(\beta)\le e^{2e^{-n}}\widehat Z.Z=qexp(βe(G))Ξ(G),e−2e−nZ≤ZG,q​(β)≤e2e−nZ.

The error 2e−n2e^{-n}2e−n is the composition of the two e−ne^{-n}e−n-relative approximations in Lemmas 12 and 13; the paper does not print it as a separate constant. The same goal also asserts the Kotecký–Preiss condition, with the paper's decay function g(γ)=∣γ∣g(\gamma)=|\gamma|g(γ)=∣γ∣, for every polymer γ\gammaγ:

∑γ′: d(γ′,γ)≤1wγ′e2∣γ′∣≤∣γ∣.\sum_{\gamma':\,d(\gamma',\gamma)\le1}w_{\gamma'}e^{2|\gamma'|}\le|\gamma|.γ′:d(γ′,γ)≤1∑​wγ′​e2∣γ′∣≤∣γ∣.

The milestone list follows the source's stated claims: Lemma 12 bounds the contribution outside the strict-majority sectors; Lemma 13 compares one sector with eβe(G)Ξ(G)e^{\beta e(G)}\Xi(G)eβe(G)Ξ(G); the weight bound controls individual polymers; Lemma 14 counts connected induced subgraphs containing a specified vertex; and displayed inequality (5) bounds the resulting per-vertex sum Jenssen–Keevash–Perkins, pp. 13–16.

Significance

The reduction makes a Potts partition sum on an expanding graph accessible through a finite polymer model whose weights have controlled decay. The Kotecký–Preiss condition is a quantitative convergence criterion for abstract polymer expansions Kotecký–Preiss. In this setting the two statements provide the mathematical hypotheses used with the algorithmic framework cited by the paper Helmuth–Perkins–Regts. Without the approximation, computing the polymer sum would not give a controlled Potts estimate; without the convergence condition, the cited framework would not apply at the stated temperature threshold.

The paper proves the mathematical and algorithmic results. This mission supplies Lean definitions and compile-checked statements, with proofs still to be formalized. A completed development would give reusable formal accounts of finite Potts sums, strict-majority sectors, graph edge expansion, polymer compatibility and weights, and the connected-set counting bound that the paper cites from Galvin and Kahn Galvin–Kahn.

Difficulty

The tempting approximation is to count only monochromatic colorings. That discards all nearby colorings, whose total weight matters even at low temperature. The polymer model retains connected deviations from a monochromatic coloring, but it also admits collections whose union is larger than half the graph. Controlling the weight of these extra configurations is part of the approximation statement. Separately, the convergence criterion sums over every polymer within distance one of a given polymer. A bound on one weight does not control that sum unless the number of connected vertex sets of each size is also bounded. These are the distinct estimates captured by Lemmas 12–14 and inequality (5) Jenssen–Keevash–Perkins, §3.

Formalization scope

The Lean representation uses SimpleGraph V on a finite vertex type. Vertex sets are finite sets, the edge boundary counts each crossing edge once through its orientation from inside to outside, and polymer distance is extended graph distance, so disconnected components are infinitely far apart. Strict-majority colorings use 2∣ω−1(j)∣>n2|\omega^{-1}(j)|>n2∣ω−1(j)∣>n; expansion and polymers use the non-strict bound 2∣S∣≤n2|S|\le n2∣S∣≤n. The polymer weight uses the full incident-edge set ∇(γ)\nabla(\gamma)∇(γ) and the induced Potts sum on q−1q-1q−1 colors. The empty compatible family contributes one to Ξ(G)\Xi(G)Ξ(G).

The vertex set is required to be nonempty in the goal and approximation lemmas: for n=0n=0n=0, the strict-majority sum is zero while the Potts partition sum is one. Lemma 14 states Δ≥1\Delta\ge1Δ≥1 because its printed bound is false for an isolated vertex with Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0. The weight bound states β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, which is implied by the goal's threshold. These are the only additional domain pins. The stated goal uses the paper's exact Δ≥3\Delta\ge3Δ≥3, q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and β≥(4+2log⁡(qΔ))/α\beta\ge(4+2\log(q\Delta))/\alphaβ≥(4+2log(qΔ))/α; no free approximation value or freely chosen polymer family can trivialize it.

The algorithm and its running time are out of scope because this Mathlib environment has no machine model for the FPTAS and the paper uses unquantified big-O running times. The goal is the mathematical reduction and Kotecký–Preiss hypothesis consumed by Theorem 8. Contributions that establish the five milestone statements, the color-symmetry identity, or the combination of their bounds are useful; the finite graph and partition-sum definitions are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Jenssen, P. Keevash, and W. Perkins, Algorithms for #BIS-Hard Problems on Expander Graphs, SIAM Journal on Computing 49(4), 2020. DOI.
  • R. Kotecký and D. Preiss, Cluster Expansion for Abstract Polymer Models, Communications in Mathematical Physics 103, 1986. DOI.
  • D. Galvin and J. Kahn, On Phase Transition in the Hard-Core Model on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 13(2), 2004. DOI.
  • L. A. Goldberg and M. Jerrum, Approximating the Partition Function of the Ferromagnetic Potts Model, Journal of the ACM 59(5), 2012. arXiv.
  • A. Galanis, D. Štefankovič, E. Vigoda, and L. Yang, Ferromagnetic Potts Model: Refined #BIS-Hardness and Related Results, SIAM Journal on Computing 45(6), 2016. DOI.
  • T. Helmuth, W. Perkins, and G. Regts, Algorithmic Pirogov–Sinai Theory, Probability Theory and Related Fields, 2020. DOI.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraMarkov ChainTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

High Order Random Walks: Beyond Spectral Gap 2: On a Two-Sided λ-Local Spectral Expander, Spec(M⁺_k) ⊆ {1} ∪ ⋃_j [(k+1−j)/(k+2) ± √(k+1)·ε_k/(k+2)] and Eigenvectors Lie Near U^j_kResearch Paper

Motivation

High-dimensional expanders are simplicial complexes whose local structure forces global mixing. Random walks on their kkk-dimensional faces, the high order random walks, are used to analyse sampling algorithms: the bases-exchange walk on the bases of a matroid is such a walk, and its spectral analysis by Anari, Liu, Oveis Gharan and Vinzant (arXiv:1811.01816) settled the Mihail–Vazirani conjecture on counting matroid bases. Agreement tests and PCP constructions use the same walks (Dinur–Kaufman, FOCS 2017).

Most of these applications use only the second eigenvalue of the walk. Kaufman and Oppenheim (arXiv:1707.02799v3) observe that this eigenvalue cannot be very small, because of natural obstructions such as cochains pulled up from lower dimensions, and ask instead for the whole spectrum and the structure of the eigenvectors. For complexes whose links have both small second eigenvalue and bounded-below smallest eigenvalue (two-sided local spectral expanders), they show that the spectrum of the walk on kkk-faces clusters around k+1k+1k+1 explicit values, each cluster corresponding to cochains built from a lower dimension.

Timeline. Garland (1973, doi:10.2307/1970833) introduced the localization method relating global cohomology to spectra of links. Kaufman and Mass (ITCS 2017, arXiv:1604.02947) defined high order random walks and bounded their second eigenvalue. Oppenheim (Discrete Comput. Geom. 2018, arXiv:1709.04431) developed the local spectral expansion framework and its trickle-down theorem. Kaufman and Oppenheim gave the decomposition theorems this mission formalizes; arXiv v3 (2021) corrects an error of the published version. Alev and Lau (arXiv:2001.02827) later improved the one-sided bounds.

Setting

Let XXX be a pure nnn-dimensional finite simplicial complex on a vertex set VVV: a finite family of finite subsets of VVV, closed under subsets, in which every face lies in a face with n+1n+1n+1 vertices. X(k)X(k)X(k) is the set of faces with k+1k+1k+1 vertices, and X(−1)={∅}X(-1)=\{\emptyset\}X(−1)={∅}. A weight is a function m:X→(0,∞)m:X\to(0,\infty)m:X→(0,∞) with m(τ)=∑σ∈X(k+1), τ⊆σm(σ)m(\tau)=\sum_{\sigma\in X(k+1),\,\tau\subseteq\sigma}m(\sigma)m(τ)=∑σ∈X(k+1),τ⊆σ​m(σ) for τ∈X(k)\tau\in X(k)τ∈X(k), k≤n−1k\le n-1k≤n−1.

A kkk-cochain is a function ϕ:X(k)→R\phi:X(k)\to\mathbb Rϕ:X(k)→R; the space Ck(X)C^k(X)Ck(X) carries the inner product ⟨ϕ,ψ⟩=∑σ∈X(k)m(σ)ϕ(σ)ψ(σ)\langle\phi,\psi\rangle=\sum_{\sigma\in X(k)}m(\sigma)\phi(\sigma)\psi(\sigma)⟨ϕ,ψ⟩=∑σ∈X(k)​m(σ)ϕ(σ)ψ(σ). C0k(X)C^k_0(X)C0k​(X) is the subspace of cochains orthogonal to the constants.

  • The signless differential dk:Ck→Ck+1d_k:C^k\to C^{k+1}dk​:Ck→Ck+1 is dkϕ(σ)=∑τ⊂σ, τ∈X(k)ϕ(τ)d_k\phi(\sigma)=\sum_{\tau\subset\sigma,\,\tau\in X(k)}\phi(\tau)dk​ϕ(σ)=∑τ⊂σ,τ∈X(k)​ϕ(τ), and dk∗d_k^*dk∗​ is its adjoint.
  • The upper random walk Mk+M^+_kMk+​ on X(k)X(k)X(k) stays at τ\tauτ with probability 1k+2\frac1{k+2}k+21​ and moves to τ′\tau'τ′ with probability m(τ∪τ′)(k+2)m(τ)\frac{m(\tau\cup\tau')}{(k+2)m(\tau)}(k+2)m(τ)m(τ∪τ′)​ when τ∪τ′∈X(k+1)\tau\cup\tau'\in X(k+1)τ∪τ′∈X(k+1); equivalently dk∗dk=(k+2)Mk+d_k^*d_k=(k+2)M^+_kdk∗​dk​=(k+2)Mk+​.
  • The link of τ\tauτ is Xτ={η: η∩τ=∅, τ∪η∈X}X_\tau=\{\eta:\ \eta\cap\tau=\emptyset,\ \tau\cup\eta\in X\}Xτ​={η: η∩τ=∅, τ∪η∈X} with weight mτ(η)=m(τ∪η)m_\tau(\eta)=m(\tau\cup\eta)mτ​(η)=m(τ∪η). On its vertices, (M′)τ,0+(M')^+_{\tau,0}(M′)τ,0+​ is the non-lazy walk; μτ\mu_\tauμτ​ and ντ\nu_\tauντ​ are its second largest and smallest eigenvalues.
  • XXX is a two-sided λ\lambdaλ-local spectral expander if −λ≤ντ-\lambda\le\nu_\tau−λ≤ντ​ and μτ≤λ\mu_\tau\le\lambdaμτ​≤λ for every face τ\tauτ of dimension −1,…,n−2-1,\dots,n-2−1,…,n−2.

For 0≤k≤n−10\le k\le n-10≤k≤n−1 the paper defines subspaces of C0k(X)C^k_0(X)C0k​(X): V00=C00V^0_0=C^0_0V00​=C00​; for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, Vkj=dk−1⋯dj(C0j)V^j_k=d_{k-1}\cdots d_j(C^j_0)Vkj​=dk−1​⋯dj​(C0j​) for j<kj<kj<k and Vkk=ker⁡dk−1∗V^k_k=\ker d^*_{k-1}Vkk​=kerdk−1∗​; and Uk0=Vk0U^0_k=V^0_kUk0​=Vk0​, Ukj=Vkj∩(Vkj−1)⊥U^j_k=V^j_k\cap(V^{j-1}_k)^\perpUkj​=Vkj​∩(Vkj−1​)⊥ for 0<j<k0<j<k0<j<k, Ukk=VkkU^k_k=V^k_kUkk​=Vkk​. With ε0=λ\varepsilon_0=\lambdaε0​=λ and εk=2k(1+2kk)εk−1+(k+1)λ\varepsilon_k=2k(1+2k\sqrt k)\varepsilon_{k-1}+(k+1)\lambdaεk​=2k(1+2kk​)εk−1​+(k+1)λ, PUP_{U}PU​ denotes the weighted orthogonal projection onto UUU.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.9 (p. 22)

If εk≤12(1+2(k+1)k+1)\varepsilon_k\le\frac{1}{2(1+2(k+1)\sqrt{k+1})}εk​≤2(1+2(k+1)k+1​)1​ for 0≤k≤n−20\le k\le n-20≤k≤n−2 and εn−1<12n\varepsilon_{n-1}<\frac1{2\sqrt n}εn−1​<2n​1​, then for 0≤k≤n−10\le k\le n-10≤k≤n−1

Spec⁡(Mk+)⊆{1}∪⋃j=0k[k+1−jk+2−k+1k+2εk, k+1−jk+2+k+1k+2εk],\operatorname{Spec}(M^+_k)\subseteq\{1\}\cup\bigcup_{j=0}^{k}\Big[\tfrac{k+1-j}{k+2}-\tfrac{\sqrt{k+1}}{k+2}\varepsilon_k,\ \tfrac{k+1-j}{k+2}+\tfrac{\sqrt{k+1}}{k+2}\varepsilon_k\Big],Spec(Mk+​)⊆{1}∪j=0⋃k​[k+2k+1−j​−k+2k+1​​εk​, k+2k+1−j​+k+2k+1​​εk​],

and an eigenvector ϕ∈C0k\phi\in C^k_0ϕ∈C0k​ whose eigenvalue lies in the jjj-th interval satisfies ∥ϕ−PUkjϕ∥≤k+1εk1−k+1εk∥ϕ∥\|\phi-P_{U^j_k}\phi\|\le\frac{\sqrt{k+1}\varepsilon_k}{1-\sqrt{k+1}\varepsilon_k}\|\phi\|∥ϕ−PUkj​​ϕ∥≤1−k+1​εk​k+1​εk​​∥ϕ∥.

Milestones

  • the localization identities (Lemma 3.6, Corollary 3.7, Propositions 4.1, 4.2) and the two-sided bound of Lemma 4.3;
  • Lemma 5.1 and the orthogonal decomposition C0k(X)=Ukk⊕⋯⊕Uk0C^k_0(X)=U^k_k\oplus\cdots\oplus U^0_kC0k​(X)=Ukk​⊕⋯⊕Uk0​ (§5.3);
  • Theorem 5.6: ∥dk∗dkPUkjϕ−(k+1−j)PUkjϕ∥≤εk∥PUkjϕ∥\|d^*_kd_kP_{U^j_k}\phi-(k+1-j)P_{U^j_k}\phi\|\le\varepsilon_k\|P_{U^j_k}\phi\|∥dk∗​dk​PUkj​​ϕ−(k+1−j)PUkj​​ϕ∥≤εk​∥PUkj​​ϕ∥;
  • Corollary 5.8: the same for Mk+M^+_kMk+​, with k+1−jk+2\frac{k+1-j}{k+2}k+2k+1−j​ and εkk+2\frac{\varepsilon_k}{k+2}k+2εk​​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.9 describes the spectrum of Mk+M^+_kMk+​, not only its second eigenvalue. The eigenvalue k+1−jk+2\frac{k+1-j}{k+2}k+2k+1−j​ is the one carried by cochains pulled up from dimension jjj, so it explains which cochains are shrunk slowly by the walk and which quickly. It is the two-sided counterpart of the paper's one-sided mixing bound (Theorem 5.4, the subject of the first mission in this series). It gives approximate eigenspaces explicitly, which a mixing-time analysis or an agreement-test analysis can use in place of a bound on a single eigenvalue.

Formalizing it. No machine-checked development of simplicial-complex random walks, Garland's method, or local spectral expansion is known to exist; Mathlib has simplicial complexes in a geometric sense but no weighted cochain calculus. The mission produces the cochain calculus of §2–§4 together with the spectral statements of §5.3. The statements are those of the arXiv v3 preprint. They are published results but have not been formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious route would show that the spaces UkjU^j_kUkj​ are exact eigenspaces. That holds for the complete complex but not in general: d∗dd^*dd∗d maps UkjU^j_kUkj​ only approximately into itself, and the error has to be controlled through every lower dimension at once. Theorem 5.6 is an induction on kkk in which the error εk−1\varepsilon_{k-1}εk−1​ of dimension k−1k-1k−1 enters dimension kkk multiplied by norms of dk−1∗dk−1d^*_{k-1}d_{k-1}dk−1∗​dk−1​ and its square root. Controlling these factors on the correct subspaces, rather than on all of Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, is the delicate step: dk−1∗dk−1=(k+1)Mk−1+d^*_{k-1}d_{k-1}=(k+1)M^+_{k-1}dk−1∗​dk−1​=(k+1)Mk−1+​ has norm k+1k+1k+1 on Ck−1(X)C^{k-1}(X)Ck−1(X), attained on the constants, and the bound needed is on the complement of the constants. Passing from Corollary 5.8 to the spectral statement of Theorem 5.9 needs the intervals to be disjoint and the eigenvector to be split along the orthogonal decomposition.

Formalization scope

  • Encoding. Faces are Finset V and XXX is a Finset (Finset V); faces are indexed by their number of vertices (cells X (k + 1) is X(k)X(k)X(k)). Cochains are functions Finset V → ℝ, and every operator vanishes off XXX.
  • Supports. Subspaces, eigenvectors and orthogonal complements consist of functions supported on X(k)X(k)X(k) (Supp X (k + 1)). Without this, a function living off the faces would have norm 000, would be an eigenvector with eigenvalue 000, and would make the spectral statement false; a formalization without supports is ruled out for this reason.
  • Weights and adjoints. The weight is strictly positive on faces. d∗d^*d∗ is defined by its explicit formula, and Lemma 3.6 states that this formula is the adjoint.
  • Expansion. The eigenvalue conditions on links are stated in Rayleigh form on the weighted complement of the constants, ∣⟨(M′)τ,0+g,g⟩∣≤λ∥g∥2|\langle(M')^+_{\tau,0}g,g\rangle|\le\lambda\|g\|^2∣⟨(M′)τ,0+​g,g⟩∣≤λ∥g∥2; this encodes −λ≤ντ-\lambda\le\nu_\tau−λ≤ντ​ and μτ≤λ\mu_\tau\le\lambdaμτ​≤λ and needs no connectivity. Definition 1.2 is followed where Definition 4.4 misprints the two-sided clause.
  • Projections. PUϕP_U\phiPU​ϕ is characterised relationally (IsWProj: u∈Uu\in Uu∈U and ϕ−u⊥U\phi-u\perp Uϕ−u⊥U) instead of by an operator. On these finite-dimensional subspaces it exists and is unique.
  • Indices and constants. εk\varepsilon_kεk​ is eps lam k, with the recursion shifted by one index. kkk is quantified inside each conclusion, and εn−1\varepsilon_{n-1}εn−1​ is written without natural subtraction. The statements follow the printed constants of arXiv v3.

A complete development needs finite-dimensional weighted inner-product spaces of cochains, Garland localization, Courant–Fischer for self-adjoint operators on these spaces, and orthogonal projections onto images of iterated differentials. The cochain calculus and the localization identities are reusable for any weighted simplicial complex, and the first mission of this series needs the same objects. Proofs of the localization identities, of the decomposition, and of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the results with weaker hypotheses.

Selected references

  • T. Kaufman, I. Oppenheim, High Order Random Walks: Beyond Spectral Gap, arXiv:1707.02799v3, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1707.02799
  • H. Garland, p-adic curvature and the cohomology of discrete subgroups of p-adic groups, Annals of Mathematics 97, 1973. https://doi.org/10.2307/1970833
  • T. Kaufman, D. Mass, High dimensional random walks and colorful expansion, ITCS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02947
  • I. Oppenheim, Local spectral expansion approach to high dimensional expanders Part I: Descent of spectral gaps, Discrete & Computational Geometry 59, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1709.04431
  • N. Anari, K. Liu, S. Oveis Gharan, C. Vinzant, Log-concave polynomials II: high-dimensional walks and an FPRAS for counting bases of a matroid, STOC 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.01816
  • V. L. Alev, L. C. Lau, Improved analysis of higher order random walks and applications, STOC 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2001.02827
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Constant-Factor Approximation Algorithm for the Asymmetric Traveling Salesman Problem: The Asymmetric Held–Karp Relaxation Has Integrality Gap at Most 319Research Paper

Motivation

The asymmetric traveling salesman problem (ATSP) asks for a shortest closed walk through every vertex of a directed graph whose edge weights need not be symmetric. It models routing with one-way streets, scheduling with sequence-dependent setup times, and many other problems in which the cost of going from uuu to vvv differs from the cost of going back. Its standard linear relaxation, the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation, is the lower bound used both by exact branch-and-cut codes and by approximation algorithms, and the central question about it is how far it can be from the integer optimum.

Timeline of the approximation ratio and of the integrality gap for ATSP:

  • 1982: Frieze, Galbiati and Maffioli give a log⁡2n\log_2 nlog2​n-approximation by repeated cycle covers.
  • 2010: Asadpour, Goemans, Mądry, Oveis Gharan and Saberi reach O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn) via thin trees (SODA 2010).
  • 2015: Anari and Oveis Gharan bound the integrality gap by poly(log⁡log⁡n)\mathrm{poly}(\log\log n)poly(loglogn), non-constructively; Svensson obtains a constant factor for node-weighted digraphs.
  • 2018: Svensson, Tarnawski and Végh obtain the first constant-factor approximation for general ATSP (STOC 2018); the journal version (J. ACM 2020) states the ratio 506506506 and the integrality gap bound 319319319.
  • 2020: Traub and Vygen improve the ratio to 22+ε22+\varepsilon22+ε and the gap to 222222 (STOC 2020).

The lower bound on the integrality gap remains 222 (Charikar, Goemans and Karloff, 2006).

Setting

A digraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has finite vertex and edge sets; each edge has a tail and a head, and parallel edges and loops are allowed. For S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, δ+(S)\delta^+(S)δ+(S) and δ−(S)\delta^-(S)δ−(S) are the edges leaving and entering SSS, and δ(S)=δ+(S)∪δ−(S)\delta(S)=\delta^+(S)\cup\delta^-(S)δ(S)=δ+(S)∪δ−(S). An ATSP input is a strongly connected digraph GGG with a weight function w:E→R≥0w:E\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}w:E→R≥0​.

An edge multiset FFF gives each edge a multiplicity F(e)∈NF(e)\in\mathbb NF(e)∈N; V(F)V(F)V(F) is the set of vertices it touches. FFF is Eulerian if every vertex has as many outgoing as incoming edges of FFF, a subtour if moreover (V(F),F)(V(F),F)(V(F),F) is connected, and a tour if it is a subtour with V(F)=VV(F)=VV(F)=V. Tours are exactly the closed walks visiting every vertex. The weight of FFF is ∑eF(e)w(e)\sum_e F(e)w(e)∑e​F(e)w(e).

The asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) is

min⁡∑e∈Ew(e)x(e)s.t.x(δ+(v))=x(δ−(v)) (v∈V),x(δ(S))≥2 (∅≠S⊊V),x≥0,\min\sum_{e\in E}w(e)x(e)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x(\delta^+(v))=x(\delta^-(v))\ (v\in V),\qquad x(\delta(S))\ge2\ (\emptyset\ne S\subsetneq V),\qquad x\ge0,mine∈E∑​w(e)x(e)s.t.x(δ+(v))=x(δ−(v)) (v∈V),x(δ(S))≥2 (∅=S⊊V),x≥0,

and its optimum is the Held–Karp lower bound.

The mission also uses the paper's intermediate objects: laminarly-weighted instances I=(G,L,x,y)I=(G,\mathcal L,x,y)I=(G,L,x,y), in which L\mathcal LL is a laminar family of sets that are tight for a strictly positive feasible xxx, y≥0y\ge0y≥0 on L\mathcal LL, and the weight of an edge is wI(e)=∑S∈L: e∈δ(S)ySw_I(e)=\sum_{S\in\mathcal L:\,e\in\delta(S)}y_SwI​(e)=∑S∈L:e∈δ(S)​yS​; the value value(I)=2∑S∈LyS\mathrm{value}(I)=2\sum_{S\in\mathcal L}y_Svalue(I)=2∑S∈L​yS​ and the lower bound lbI(U)=∑v∈U2y{v}\mathrm{lb}_I(U)=\sum_{v\in U}2y_{\{v\}}lbI​(U)=∑v∈U​2y{v}​; Subtour Partition Cover and (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β)-lightness; irreducible instances; vertebrate pairs; and quasi-backbones. Each is defined, with the paper's page reference, in the two definition files of the mission.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11.1

For every strongly connected digraph GGG with ∣V∣≥2|V|\ge2∣V∣≥2, every w≥0w\ge0w≥0 and every feasible solution xxx of LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w), there is a tour FFF with

∑e∈EF(e) w(e) ≤ 319∑e∈Ew(e) x(e).\sum_{e\in E}F(e)\,w(e)\ \le\ 319\sum_{e\in E}w(e)\,x(e).e∈E∑​F(e)w(e) ≤ 319e∈E∑​w(e)x(e).

This is the statement that the integrality gap of the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation is at most 319319319.

Milestones

The milestones are the results the paper's §11 combines, in the order it combines them:

  1. Theorem 4.1: Subtour Partition Cover is (2,0)(2,0)(2,0)-light on singleton instances with B=∅B=\emptysetB=∅.
  2. Theorem 5.1: an (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β)-light pair (I,B)(I,B)(I,B) has a tour of weight at most 5α lbI(Bˉ)+β+wI(B)5\alpha\,\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B)+\beta+w_I(B)5αlbI​(Bˉ)+β+wI​(B).
  3. §11: every singleton instance has a tour of weight at most 10 value(I)10\,\mathrm{value}(I)10value(I) (αS′=10\alpha'_S=10αS′​=10).
  4. Theorem 10.1: vertebrate pairs are (4, 2 value(I)+lbI(Bˉ))(4,\,2\,\mathrm{value}(I)+\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B))(4,2value(I)+lbI​(Bˉ))-light.
  5. §11: a vertebrate pair has a tour of weight at most 2 value(I)+21 lbI(Bˉ)+wI(B)2\,\mathrm{value}(I)+21\,\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B)+w_I(B)2value(I)+21lbI​(Bˉ)+wI​(B) (η′=1+5⋅4\eta'=1+5\cdot4η′=1+5⋅4).
  6. Lemma 9.3: an irreducible instance has a quasi-backbone of weight at most (αS+3) value(I)(\alpha_S+3)\,\mathrm{value}(I)(αS​+3)value(I).
  7. Theorem 9.4: tours on vertebrate pairs give a ρ\rhoρ-bound on irreducible instances, ρ=κ+η(1−δ)+αS+32δ−1\rho=\frac{\kappa+\eta(1-\delta)+\alpha_S+3}{2\delta-1}ρ=2δ−1κ+η(1−δ)+αS​+3​.
  8. Theorem 8.3: a ρ\rhoρ-bound on irreducible instances gives a 2ρ1−δ\frac{2\rho}{1-\delta}1−δ2ρ​-bound on all laminarly-weighted instances.
  9. Lemma 2.2: DUAL(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) has an optimal solution with laminar support.
  10. Theorem 2.4: a bound α value(I)\alpha\,\mathrm{value}(I)αvalue(I) on all laminarly-weighted instances gives α\alphaα times the Held–Karp bound on all ATSP inputs.

Significance

The result shows that the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation approximates ATSP within a constant factor, which settled a question open since the 1980s and made the relaxation a certified lower bound with bounded loss. The structural steps (reduction to laminarly-weighted instances, Subtour Partition Cover, irreducibility and vertebrate pairs) are the framework on which the later improvement to 222222 by Traub and Vygen is built.

The theorem is proved; to the best of available knowledge none of it has been formalized in a proof assistant. A complete development would give a machine-checked bound on the integrality gap of a central relaxation in combinatorial optimization, and its intermediate statements are reusable for the improved bounds that follow the same framework.

Difficulty

The obvious approaches do not give a constant. Repeated cycle covers lose a factor at each of logarithmically many rounds. Rounding the LP solution through thin trees needs a spanning tree that is thin in every cut, and only polylogarithmic thinness is known. The paper's route is long: the reduction to laminarly-weighted instances needs an uncrossed dual; the reduction from irreducible to general instances and the one from vertebrate pairs to irreducible instances are recursive, applying the assumed algorithm to instances built by contracting or inducing tight sets, so their hypotheses must hold on all instances and not only on the given one; and the lightness bound for vertebrate pairs (Theorem 10.1) rests on a flow-based construction with careful accounting against the laminar family.

Formalization scope

Vertices and edges are finite types; edges carry tail and head maps, so parallel edges (created by contraction) are distinct edges, and loops are allowed and lie in no cut. Edge multisets are functions E→NE\to\mathbb NE→N. Connectivity of a multiset and its components are defined by the reflexive–transitive closure of undirected adjacency along its edges.

Running times are not formalized. Every algorithmic statement is posed in its existential form, as §11 of the paper itself uses it to derive Theorem 11.1: "there is an algorithm returning a tour within ccc" becomes "every instance has a tour within ccc", and an assumed algorithm becomes a hypothesis quantified over instances on all finite vertex and edge types. The algorithmic constants 9(1+ε)9(1+\varepsilon)9(1+ε), 18+ε18+\varepsilon18+ε, 37+36ε37+36\varepsilon37+36ε and 506506506 are therefore not stated; the non-constructive constants 555, 101010 and 212121 of §11 are.

The Held–Karp lower bound is never defined as an infimum: comparisons with it are stated for every feasible xxx, equivalently because the LP optimum is attained. Likewise dSd_SdS​ and DSD_SDS​ in the definition of irreducibility are expressed through walks, without an infimum.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • ∣V∣≥2|V|\ge2∣V∣≥2 in the goal, Theorem 2.4 and every laminarly-weighted instance: on one vertex without a loop no tour exists while LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) has value 000.
  • Partition parts in Subtour Partition Cover are nonempty and different from VVV; for B=∅B=\emptysetB=∅ the one-part partition (V)(V)(V) admits no solution.
  • α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 in Theorem 5.1, which is false without it.
  • αS\alpha_SαS​ in Lemma 9.3 and Theorem 9.4 is a parameter with the hypothesis that singleton instances have tours within αS value\alpha_S\,\mathrm{value}αS​value, instead of the fixed 18+ε18+\varepsilon18+ε.

These choices rule out trivializing formalizations: no instance class in a hypothesis is empty (a two-vertex singleton instance is valid, irreducible and vertebrate), admissible partitions exist for every instance, and LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) is feasible for every strongly connected input. The goal assumes none of the milestones.

Out of scope: the polynomial running times, §5's merge-procedure lemmas, the constructions of §7, and Corollaries 11.2–11.4 on the path version, which rest on external reductions. Contributions are welcome on every milestone, and on infrastructure that a complete development needs: LP duality and uncrossing for cut LPs, Eulerian multigraphs and their decomposition into closed walks, and circulations with lower bounds (Hoffman's theorem). The platform's proved LP strong duality (SmaleNinth.lp_strong_duality) is a natural starting point for Lemma 2.2.

Selected references

  • O. Svensson, J. Tarnawski, L. A. Végh, A constant-factor approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, J. ACM 67(6), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1145/3424306 (accepted manuscript: LSE Research Online 106582, https://eprints.lse.ac.uk/106582/)
  • O. Svensson, J. Tarnawski, L. A. Végh, A constant-factor approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, STOC 2018. https://doi.org/10.1145/3188745.3188824
  • V. Traub, J. Vygen, An improved approximation algorithm for ATSP, STOC 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1912.00670
  • A. Asadpour, M. X. Goemans, A. Mądry, S. Oveis Gharan, A. Saberi, An O(log n/log log n)-approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, SODA 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973075.32
  • A. M. Frieze, G. Galbiati, F. Maffioli, On the worst-case performance of some algorithms for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, Networks 12(1), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1002/net.3230120103
  • M. Charikar, M. X. Goemans, H. Karloff, On the integrality ratio for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, Math. Oper. Res. 31(2), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0172
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraMarkov ChainTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

High Order Random Walks: Beyond Spectral Gap 1: On a One-Sided λ-Local Spectral Expander, ‖M⁺_k φ‖ ≤ ((k+1)/(k+2) + (k+1)λ/2)‖φ‖ for Every k-Cochain φ Orthogonal to the ConstantsResearch Paper

Motivation

A high dimensional expander is a simplicial complex whose local structure forces global expansion. The high order random walks on such a complex move from a kkk-face to a kkk-face through a common (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-face. They were studied for their connection to agreement tests in probabilistically checkable proofs (Dinur–Kaufman 2017; Kaufman–Mass 2017), and they later became a tool for sampling. Anari, Liu, Oveis Gharan and Vinzant (arXiv:1811.01816) used the mixing bound of this mission to prove the Mihail–Vazirani conjecture: the bases-exchange walk of every matroid mixes rapidly.

Timeline:

  • 1973. Garland (Ann. of Math. 97) shows that spectral gaps in the links of a complex control its cohomology. Inner products are localized to links; this is now called Garland's method.
  • 2017. Kaufman and Mass (arXiv:1604.02947) bound the second eigenvalue of the high order walks on complexes with well-expanding links. Dinur and Kaufman obtain the optimal bound under a two-sided spectral gap in the links, as Kaufman–Oppenheim explain.
  • 2018. Oppenheim (Discrete Comput. Geom. 59) shows how spectral gaps descend from top-dimensional links to lower ones ("trickling down").
  • 2017–2021. Kaufman and Oppenheim (arXiv:1707.02799v3) obtain the optimal mixing bound under a one-sided gap only: negative eigenvalues of the links do not matter. This is the target of this mission.

Setting

Let VVV be a type of vertices. A pure nnn-dimensional finite simplicial complex XXX is a finite family of finite subsets of VVV that is closed under subsets, has faces of at most n+1n+1n+1 elements, and has every face contained in a face of exactly n+1n+1n+1 elements. A face with k+1k+1k+1 elements is a kkk-face; X(k)X(k)X(k) is the set of kkk-faces, and X(−1)={∅}X(-1)=\{\emptyset\}X(−1)={∅}.

A weight function is a map mmm from the faces of XXX to (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) that is balanced: for −1≤k≤n−1-1\le k\le n-1−1≤k≤n−1 and τ∈X(k)\tau\in X(k)τ∈X(k),

m(τ)=∑σ∈X(k+1), τ⊆σm(σ).m(\tau)=\sum_{\sigma\in X(k+1),\ \tau\subseteq\sigma}m(\sigma).m(τ)=σ∈X(k+1), τ⊆σ∑​m(σ).

A kkk-cochain is a function ϕ:X(k)→R\phi:X(k)\to\mathbb Rϕ:X(k)→R. The cochains carry the inner product ⟨ϕ,ψ⟩=∑σ∈X(k)m(σ)ϕ(σ)ψ(σ)\langle\phi,\psi\rangle=\sum_{\sigma\in X(k)}m(\sigma)\phi(\sigma)\psi(\sigma)⟨ϕ,ψ⟩=∑σ∈X(k)​m(σ)ϕ(σ)ψ(σ) and the norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. The cochains orthogonal to the constants form C0k(X,R)={ϕ:∑σ∈X(k)m(σ)ϕ(σ)=0}C^k_0(X,\mathbb R)=\{\phi:\sum_{\sigma\in X(k)}m(\sigma)\phi(\sigma)=0\}C0k​(X,R)={ϕ:∑σ∈X(k)​m(σ)ϕ(σ)=0}.

The upper random walk Mk+M^+_kMk+​ acts on kkk-cochains by

Mk+ϕ(τ)=1k+2 ϕ(τ)+∑τ′∈X(k), τ∪τ′∈X(k+1)m(τ∪τ′)(k+2) m(τ) ϕ(τ′).M^+_k\phi(\tau)=\frac{1}{k+2}\,\phi(\tau)+\sum_{\tau'\in X(k),\ \tau\cup\tau'\in X(k+1)}\frac{m(\tau\cup\tau')}{(k+2)\,m(\tau)}\,\phi(\tau').Mk+​ϕ(τ)=k+21​ϕ(τ)+τ′∈X(k), τ∪τ′∈X(k+1)∑​(k+2)m(τ)m(τ∪τ′)​ϕ(τ′).

It stays put with probability 1/(k+2)1/(k+2)1/(k+2), and otherwise moves to a neighbouring kkk-face with probability proportional to the weight of their union.

The link of a face τ\tauτ is Xτ={η∈X:η∩τ=∅, τ∪η∈X}X_\tau=\{\eta\in X:\eta\cap\tau=\emptyset,\ \tau\cup\eta\in X\}Xτ​={η∈X:η∩τ=∅, τ∪η∈X}, weighted by mτ(η)=m(τ∪η)m_\tau(\eta)=m(\tau\cup\eta)mτ​(η)=m(τ∪η). On the vertices of XτX_\tauXτ​, the non-lazy upper walk (M′)τ,0+=2Mτ,0+−I(M')^+_{\tau,0}=2M^+_{\tau,0}-I(M′)τ,0+​=2Mτ,0+​−I is the weighted random walk on the 1-skeleton of the link. Let μτ\mu_\tauμτ​ be its second largest eigenvalue. XXX is a one-sided λ\lambdaλ-local spectral expander if μτ≤λ\mu_\tau\le\lambdaμτ​≤λ for every face τ\tauτ of dimension −1,…,n−2-1,\dots,n-2−1,…,n−2. The empty face is included, and its link is XXX itself.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4 (p. 17)

Let 0≤λ≤10\le\lambda\le10≤λ≤1 and let XXX be a one-sided λ\lambdaλ-local spectral expander. Then for every 0≤k≤n−10\le k\le n-10≤k≤n−1 and every ϕ∈C0k(X,R)\phi\in C^k_0(X,\mathbb R)ϕ∈C0k​(X,R),

∥Mk+ϕ∥≤(k+1k+2+k+12 λ)∥ϕ∥.\|M^+_k\phi\|\le\Big(\frac{k+1}{k+2}+\frac{k+1}{2}\,\lambda\Big)\|\phi\|.∥Mk+​ϕ∥≤(k+2k+1​+2k+1​λ)∥ϕ∥.

Milestones

They follow the paper's proof order:

  • Lemma 3.6 and Corollary 3.7: the adjoint d∗d^*d∗ of the signless differential ddd, and the factorizations d∗d=(k+2)Mk+d^*d=(k+2)M^+_kd∗d=(k+2)Mk+​, dd∗=(k+1)Mk−dd^*=(k+1)M^-_kdd∗=(k+1)Mk−​.
  • Proposition 4.1 (1)–(3), Garland's localization identities, and Proposition 4.2:
∥dϕ∥2=∥d∗ϕ∥2+∥ϕ∥2+∑τ∈X(k−1)⟨(M′)τ,0+(I−Mτ,0−)ϕτ,ϕτ⟩.\|d\phi\|^2=\|d^*\phi\|^2+\|\phi\|^2+\sum_{\tau\in X(k-1)}\langle (M')^+_{\tau,0}(I-M^-_{\tau,0})\phi_\tau,\phi_\tau\rangle .∥dϕ∥2=∥d∗ϕ∥2+∥ϕ∥2+τ∈X(k−1)∑​⟨(M′)τ,0+​(I−Mτ,0−​)ϕτ​,ϕτ​⟩.
  • Lemma 4.3, which bounds the link terms by (k+1)μ∥ϕ∥2(k+1)\mu\|\phi\|^2(k+1)μ∥ϕ∥2.
  • Lemma 5.1.
  • Theorem 5.2 (the Decomposition Theorem).
  • Corollary 5.3, in its general and its one-sided form:
∥dϕ∥2≤∑j=0k(k+1−j+(k+j+2)(k+1−j)2λ)∥ϕj∥2,∥ϕ∥2=∑j=0k∥ϕj∥2.\|d\phi\|^2\le\sum_{j=0}^{k}\Big(k+1-j+\frac{(k+j+2)(k+1-j)}{2}\lambda\Big)\|\phi^j\|^2,\qquad \|\phi\|^2=\sum_{j=0}^k\|\phi^j\|^2.∥dϕ∥2≤j=0∑k​(k+1−j+2(k+j+2)(k+1−j)​λ)∥ϕj∥2,∥ϕ∥2=j=0∑k​∥ϕj∥2.

Significance

The result. The coefficient k+1k+2\frac{k+1}{k+2}k+2k+1​ is the baseline in the paper's mixing bound, and the bound is optimal up to the O(λ)O(\lambda)O(λ) term. It needs a gap on one side only: links may have eigenvalues near −1-1−1. This matters in two places. The links of a matroid's independence complex are only one-sided expanders, so the matroid application needs exactly this case. And the links of Ramanujan complexes are one-sided expanders, so this bound gives optimal mixing on them; the two-sided bound of Dinur–Kaufman does not apply to them.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; the Lean statements in this mission are proof targets. Completing the mission would give machine-checked proofs of the mixing bound, Garland's localization identities, and the Decomposition Theorem, built on definitions of weighted simplicial complexes, links, and their random walks. Lemma 4.3 and Corollary 5.3 are stated with a correction: as printed they are false when a link eigenvalue bound is negative (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. The tempting route bounds the second eigenvalue of Mk+M^+_kMk+​ directly from the link spectra, by induction on kkk. But Mk+M^+_kMk+​ has large eigenvalues near k+1−jk+2\frac{k+1-j}{k+2}k+2k+1−j​ for every jjj, coming from cochains of the form dψd\psidψ with ψ\psiψ of lower degree. A single spectral-gap estimate cannot separate these levels from one another. The paper instead splits ϕ\phiϕ into contributions from every degree j≤kj\le kj≤k; this is the Decomposition Theorem, and each piece is controlled separately. Formally, the main costs are:

  • the double-counting behind Proposition 4.1 (Appendix A, pp. 28–29);
  • a square root of a positive self-adjoint operator on a weighted finite-dimensional space (Theorem 5.2);
  • the bookkeeping of degrees and links.

Formalization scope

Faces are Finset V. XXX is a Finset (Finset V), and X(k)X(k)X(k) is cells X (k + 1): faces are indexed by their number of vertices. Cochains are functions Finset V → ℝ that are read only on the relevant faces. Every operator is zero off XXX. The weight is positive on faces; the paper writes R+\mathbb R^+R+, and mmm appears in denominators. Every goal-level statement carries the standing assumption of §2: XXX is pure nnn-dimensional and mmm is a weight. Orthogonality to the constants is always weighted by mmm (or by mτm_\taumτ​ in a link).

The adjoint d∗d^*d∗ is defined by its explicit formula; that it is the adjoint is Lemma 3.6. The eigenvalue condition μτ≤λ\mu_\tau\le\lambdaμτ​≤λ is stated in Rayleigh form: ⟨(M′)τ,0+g,g⟩≤λ∥g∥2\langle (M')^+_{\tau,0}g,g\rangle\le\lambda\|g\|^2⟨(M′)τ,0+​g,g⟩≤λ∥g∥2 for every ggg on the vertices of XτX_\tauXτ​ that is mτm_\taumτ​-orthogonal to the constants. It is equivalent to the eigenvalue form even for disconnected links. A Rayleigh bound over all ggg, constants included, would be unsatisfiable for λ<1\lambda<1λ<1 and would make the goal vacuous; it is ruled out. The predicate quantifies over every face of dimension −1-1−1 to n−2n-2n−2, including ∅\emptyset∅.

Corrections, all disclosed in the items:

  • Lemma 4.3 is stated with a bound μ≥max⁡(μk,0)\mu\ge\max(\mu_k,0)μ≥max(μk​,0). The printed version with μk<0\mu_k<0μk​<0 fails already for the complete graph on three vertices.
  • Corollary 5.3 accordingly takes μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0 and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0. Its two formal statements retain the page's assumption that every link of dimension at least one is connected, including XXX itself.
  • The proof of Theorem 5.4 ends with (k+1)λ(k+1)\lambda(k+1)λ; the statement's k+12λ\frac{k+1}{2}\lambda2k+1​λ is formalized.

Welcome contributions: proofs of any milestone. Reusable lemmas on finite weighted inner products, on double counting over faces of a Finset (Finset V), and on links are useful beyond this mission; the companion mission on two-sided expanders uses the same objects.

Selected references

  • T. Kaufman, I. Oppenheim, High Order Random Walks: Beyond Spectral Gap, arXiv:1707.02799v3, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1707.02799
  • N. Anari, K. Liu, S. Oveis Gharan, C. Vinzant, Log-concave polynomials II: High-dimensional walks and an FPRAS for counting bases of a matroid, STOC 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.01816
  • H. Garland, p-adic curvature and the cohomology of discrete subgroups of p-adic groups, Ann. of Math. 97:375–423, 1973. https://doi.org/10.2307/1970781
  • T. Kaufman, D. Mass, High dimensional random walks and colorful expansion, ITCS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02947
  • I. Oppenheim, Local spectral expansion approach to high dimensional expanders Part I: Descent of spectral gaps, Discrete Comput. Geom. 59(2):293–330, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1709.04431
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 5 of 12Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me